Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
#12-5822B (OneSource Construction Company & Builders, Inc.)
ReavesBrenda From: MarkiewiczJoanne Sent: Wednesday, July 25, 2012 9:09 AM To: ReavesBrenda Subject: FW: USDA Contact Importance: High Here's the new USDA contact... Thank you, Joanne From: BrueggemanDebra Sent: Wednesday, July 25, 2012 9:07 AM To: MarkiewiczJoanne Subject: USDA Contact Joanne, our USDA contact is: Rick Marino USDA / Rural Development 420 South State Road 7, Suite 166 Royal Palm Beach, FL 33414 (561) 792 -2727 Ext. 5 (561) 792 -2711 (fax) Richard.Marinona fl.usda gov Debbie Jaw ernan C9pewrtiaw il?"AdixurC l&xecutiue CLssivtaW ed&ea eouW* a pa tt Mdha� 239 - 642 -7878 &xt. 34 Under Florida Law, e -mail addresses are public records. If you do not want your e -mail address released in response to a public records request, do not send electronic mail to this entity. Instead, contact this office by telephone or in writing. USDA Service Center Locator Page 1 of 1 Unemd States >'_ Service Center Locator Text Version Home I State Map USDA I FSA I NRCS I RD I Complete Office Listing Serving PALM BEACH County, Florida Service Centers In Your County ROYAL PALM BEACH SERVICE CENTER Street Mao 420 S STATE ROAD 7 ROYAL PALM BEACH, FL 33414 -4306 Driving Directions (561) 792 -2727 571 Mailing Address (561) 792 -9094 fax Farm Service Agency Natural Resources Conservation Service Rural Development (Area Office) Conservation District Please forward office updates and corrections to: =® 01P National Data Steward Accessibility Statement I Privacy Policy I Non - Discrimination Statement http: / /offices. sc.egov.usda. gov /locator/ app ?service= page/ ServiceCenterSummary &stateCo... 7/25/2012 er AdmniVjmve SeNices Dvision Purchasing USDA Immokalee Building Build Out COLLIER COUNTY BID NO. 12 -5822 COLLIER COUNTY. FLORIDA Lyn M. Wood, Procurement Strategist Email: lynwood@colliergov.net Telephone: (239) 252 - 2667 FAX: (239) 252 - 6593 Design Professional: Q. Grady Minor & Associates, P.A. ,*,isw•" -f i `"fX 4CTUlL Pu rtwina Deoartrnent • 3327 Tam qi t AUG 0 1 y USDA; - ,:L: ROYAL PALM BEACH yin, ; rail East • Napies. Honda 341124901 • N RCENED ON 010112 USDA - RD ROYAL PALM EACH Awv. colliergov, nettpu rchasing of 1117, vs VA USDA -FmHA Form RD 1924 -5 (Rev. 8 -93) INVITATION FOR BID (Construction Contract) FORM APPROVED OMB NO. 0575-0042 Collier County Airport Authority (Name of Owner) (Place) Naples, Florida 2005 Mainsail Drive,Naples, FL 34104 (Date) (Address, Including ZIP Code) a. m. SEALED BIDS, subject to the conditions contained herein, will be RECEIVED until 2:30 P. M. -` 0,e and then opened, for furnishing all materials and performing all work for Installing overhead lighting, 3 bathrooms, high and low voltage drops, loading dock enhancements and air conditioned office space. A non - mandatory pre -bid will be held on April 18, 2012 at 9:30am at the Immokalee Airport Terminal, 165 Airpark Boulevard, Immokalee, FL 34142. Plans and specifications, not exceeding two sets, may be obtained from Collier County Purchasing, 3327 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, Florida 34112 239 252 840: Co to Website• httip://www.colliercroy.net/Tndex-aspx?piQe=11-1; Vendors may register at no charge so that they may download bid documents will Form FmHA 400 -6, "Compliance Statement ", { Hwill not } be submitted with this bid. El will Surety bond in the amount of the contract price { ❑ will not } be required. Liquidated damages for delay will be - _ $398-89 Payments will be made as follows To Be Determined Bids must be submitted on the last page of this form, and the successful bidder will be required to execute Form RD 1924 -6, "Construction Contract", and must comply with the "Notice of Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity ", required by E. 0. 11246, the "Equal Opportunity Clause ", published at 41 CFR 60 - 1.4 (a) and (b), and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications ", required by E. 0. 11 246, which follows: Public reporting burden for this collection ofinformation is estimated to average 15 minutes per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewktg the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Agriculture, Clearance Outer, O1RM, AG Box 7830, Washington, D.C. 20250: and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (OMB No. 057.5- 0042), Washington, D. C. 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN this form to either of these addresses. Forward to FmNA only. tPosition 6 RD 1924 -5 (Rev. 8 -93) pp// INO � D ocument 1" ®1 7 Instructions to Bidders for the following PROJECT: (Nate and location or address) CCAA USDA Immokalee Building Build Out Im.mokalee, Florida THE OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) Collier County Airport Authority 2005 Mainsail Drive, Suite 1 Naples, Florida 34114 THE ARCHITECT: (Name, legal status and address) This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. Q. Grady Minor & Associates, P.A., Subschapter S Corporation 3800 Via Del Rey Bonita - Springs, Florida 34134 TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 DEFINITIONS 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 6 POST -BID INFORMATION 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR AIA Document A701 TM — 1997. Copyright @ 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAO Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.orc. 082009 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS § 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, the bid form, and other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. § 1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, ALA Document A201, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. § 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. § 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. § 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base, to which Work may be added or from which Work may deieted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. § 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents; is accepted. § 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. § 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents. § 1.9 A Sub - bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the Work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS § 2.1 The Bidder by malting a Bid represents that: § 2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, and for other portions of the Project, if any, being bid concurrently or presently under construction. § 21.2 The Bid is made in compliance with the Bidding Documents. § 2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. § 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS § 3.1 COPIES § 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated therein. The deposit will be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within ten days after receipt of Bids. The cost of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be deducted from the deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract award may retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's deposit will be refunded. AIA Document A701®" —1997. Copyright @ 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, and 1997 by The American institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA& Document, or any portion of I,, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub - bidders unless specifically offered in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, or in supplementary instructions to bidders. § 3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. § 3.1.4 The Owner- and Architect may make copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work. No license or grant of use is conferred by issuance of copies of the Bidding Documents. § 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS § 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. § 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub- bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.2.3 Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon them. § 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS § 3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. § 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at Ieast ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings, performance and test data, and other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other portions of the Work, including changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require, shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. The Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. § 3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. § 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract Documents. § 3.4 ADDENDA § 3.4.1 Addenda will be transmitted to all who are known by the issuing office to have received a comnlete set of Bidding Documents. § 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. § 3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. AIA Document A701- —1997. Copyright @ 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and international Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES § 4.1 PREPARATION OF BIDS § 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with the Bidding Documents. § 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed in a non - erasable medium. § 4.1.3 Sums shall be expressed in both words and figures. in case of discrepancy, the amount written in words shall govern. § 4.1.4 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. § 4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." § 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested, the Bidder may, without forfeiture of the bid security, state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. § 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall state the legal name of the Bidder and the nature of legal form of the Bidder. The Bidder shall provide evidence of legal authority to perform within the jurisdiction of the Work. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall farther give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. § 4.2 BID SECURITY § 4.2.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the fore and amount required if so stipulated in the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder pledges to enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will, if required, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Section 6.2. § 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required, it shall be written on ALA Document A310, Bid Bond, unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents, and the attorney -in -fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. § 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until either (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds, if required, have been famished, or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn or (c) all Bids have been rejected. § 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS § 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bid security-, if any, and any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder's name and address and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. § 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. § 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. § 4.3.4 Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, facsimile or other electronically transmitted bids will not be considered. § 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID § 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. AIA Document A7011 —1997. Copyright @ 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, and 1997 by The American institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA& Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA`' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent 4 possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder. Written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be received, and date- and time - stamped by the receiving party on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. § 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. § 4,4.4 Bid security, if required, shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as resubmitted. ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS § 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS At the discretion of the Owner, if stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, the properly identified Bids received on time will be publicly opened and will be read aloud. An abstract of the Bids may be made available to Bidders. § 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids. A Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by other data required by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular is subject to rejection. § 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) § 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest qualified Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities and irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which, in the Owner's judgment, is in the Owner's own best interests. § 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. ARTICLE 6 POST -BID INFORMATION § 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request, a properly executed ALA Document A305, Contractor's Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has been previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bidding Documents. § 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids, furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. § 6.3 SUBMITTALS § 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable or as stipulated in the Bidding Documents, after notification of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing: .1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the Bidder's own forces; .2 names of the manufacturers, products, and the suppliers of principal items or systems of materials and equipment proposed for the Work; and .3 names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for the principal portions of the Work. § 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to famish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. AIA Document A7011 —1997. Copyright @ 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent 5 possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 6.3.3 Prior to the execution of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity, the Bidder may, at the Bidder's option (1) withdraw the Bid or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. § 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and Architect. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND § 71 BOND REQUIREMENTS § 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be secured through the Bidder's usual sources. § 7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the cost shall be included in the Bid. If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. § 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidder's usual sources, changes in cost will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. § 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS § 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract. If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Section 7.2.1. § 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided, the bonds shall be written on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Contract Sum. § 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract § 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney -in -fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents, the Agreement for the Work will be written or AIA Document A101, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum, AIA Document A701 w —1997. Copyright © 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAO' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. RD Instruction 1942 -A Guide 27 Attachment 2 Paae ATTACHMENT TO AIA DOCUMENT A701 -1997, Instructions to Bidders The provisions of this Attachment shall delete, modify and supplement the provisions contained in the "Instructions to Bidders," AIA Document A701 -1997 Edition. The Provisions contained in this Attachment will supersede any conf'icting provisions of the AIA Document. The term "Agency," as used in this Attachment, shall mean the United States of America, acting through the Ur.' -ted States Department of Agriculture. ARTICLE 2, BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 2.1 Add the following subparagraph to paragraph 2.1: 2 . 1 . 5 This Bid has been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, cr agreement as to any matter rela ting to this Bid, witi-- an_v other Bidder or with anv competitor. ARTICLE 4, BIDDING PROCEDURES 4.I.i Add the following sentence t subparagraph 4.1.i: Only one copy of the Bid i„ to be submitted. 4.2.1 Delete subparagraph 4.2.1 and substitute the following: 4. 2.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by a Bid Bond payable to the Owner for _ five percent of the total amount of the Bid. 4.2.2 Delete Subparagraph 4.2.2 and substitute the following: 4 The Bid Bond sham be written on a form identical to that included in the Bidding Documents, and the attorney -in -fact whc executes the Bid Bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the Bid Bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. 4.2.3 Add the words "payment and performance" before the word "bonds "; and add the following to subparagraph 4.2.3: As soon as the Bid prices have been compared, the Owner will return. the Bid Bonds of all except the three lowest responsible Bidders. When the Aareement is executed, the Bid Bonds of the two remaining unsuccessful Bidders will be returned. (08- 26 -98) PN 296 RD Instruction 1942 -A Guide 21 Attachment 2 Page 2 4.2 Add the following subparagraph to paragraph 4.2: 4.2.4 If a Bidder refuses to execute the Agreement or obtain the Performance and Payment Bonds within the agreed time, the Owner may consider the Bidder in default, in which case the Bid Bond accompanying the Bid shall become the property of the Owner. 4.3 Add the following subparagraphs to paragraph 4..3: 4.3.5 All applicable laws, ordinances, and the rules and regulat_ons of all authorities having �urlsaicticn over constructlen of the Project, shall a_Dp1y to the Contract throughout. 4.3.6 The Bidder agrees to abide by the reauirrements of Executive Order 11246, specifically including the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause and the Standard Federal Equal Employment Construction Contract Specifications set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.3.7 The Bidder agrees to abide by the requirements of section 319 of Pubic Law 101 -121, which pertains to lobbying activities and applies to recipients of contracts or subcontracts treat exceed $100,000 at any tier under a Federal loan that exceeds $150,OOC or a Federal arant that exceeds $100,OCC. Each Bid shall be accompanied by a completed lcbby_ng certificatior_ form identical to that included in the Bidding Documents. 4.3.8 The Bidder agrees to abide by the requirements under 7 C.F.R. part 3017, which pertains to the debarment or suspension of a person from participating in a Federal program or activity. Each Bid exceeding $25,000 shall be accompanied by a relevant completed certification form identical to that included in the Bidding Documents. 4.4. Delete subparagraph 4.4.1 and substitute the following: 4.4.1 No Bidder may withdraw, modify or cancel a Bid within 60 calendar days after the actual date of the opening thereof. Should there be reasons why the Contract cannot be awarded within the specified period, the time may be extended by mutual agreement between the Owner and the Bidder, and the concurrence of the Agency. 4.4.4 Delete the words 11, if required," from Subparagraph 4.4.4. RD Instruction 1942 -A Guide 27 Attachment 2 Pacre ART__CLE 5, CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 5.3.2 Delete subparagraph 5.3.2 and substitute the followina: 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in the sequence or combinations listed and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and the Alternates accepted. ARTICLE 7, PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND Delete subparagraph 7.1.1 and substitte the following: 7._.i Prior to execution of the Contract, the Bidder sha �;n, 1' fu_ .i Bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations ar -sino thereunder. Both Bonas shall be separately written, each in the amount of the Contract Sum. The cost shall be included in the Bid. 7.1.2 Delete subparagraph 7.1.2 and substitute the foliowina: 7..2 Surety companies executing Bonds a acceptable surety on Federal Bonds as amended, and be authorized to transact is located. 7.1.3 Delete subparaaraph 7.1.3. must hold a certificate of authority as listed in Treasury Circular 570, as cusiness in the State where the Project 7.2.1 Delete subparagraph 7.2.1 and substitute the following: ,.2.1 The Bidder to whom the Contract is awarded will be required to execute the Agreement and obtain Performance and Payment Bonds within ten (10; calendar days from the date when the Notice of Award is delivered to the Bidder. The Notice shall be accompanied by the necessary Agreement and Bond forms. 7.2.2 Delete subparagraph 7.2.2 and substitute the following: 7.2.2 The Bonds shall be written on forms identical to those included in the Bidding Documents. (Note: Any additiena'_ provisions the- are necessary to remain effective after execution of the Contract for Construction will be inserted here and continue in the same format., 000 (08 -26 -98 ) PN 296 BID Proposal of pneSource Constr_action --Comte ny "BIDDER "), organized and existina under the laws Florida doing business as Inc * To Ai ort Authority RD Instruction 1924 -A Guide 1, Attachment 3 (hereinafter called of the State of the Collier Count (hereinafter called "OWNER "). In compliance with your Advertisement for Bids, BIDDER hereby proposes to perform all WORK for the construction of USDA Immokalee Bu_ldina Build Out in strict accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, within the time set forth therein, and at the prices stated below. By submission of this BID, each BIDDER certifies, and in the case of a joint BID each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, that this BID has been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement as to any matter relating to this BID with any other BIDDER or with any competitor. BIDDER hereby agrees to commence WORK under this contract on or before a date to be specified in the NOTICE TO PROCEED and to fully complete the PROJECT within. 105 consecutive calendar days thereafter. BIDDER further agrees to pay as liquidated damages, the sum of $ 398.89 for each consecutive calendar day thereafter as provided in Article 3 of the Owner - Contractor Agreement. BIDDER acknowledges receipt of the following ADDENDA: * Insert "a corporation ", "a partnership ", or "an individual" as applicable. RD Instruction 1924 -A Guide 1, Attachment 3 BIDDER agrees to perform all the work described in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the following lump sum: Base Bid IJ& I U- 4t4r. Dollars ($� Bid Alternate No. 1 - VCT Floor Finish, Room 104B, 405A, B, C, D. Dollars ($ Bid Alternate No. 2 - North Ground sign and related work Ab (4 r I U Dollars ( $ Bid Alternate No. 3 - South Gr and Sign and related work JOE t3'RS Its sA �� '�f . � GVLI� Dollars ($ i-6 Big Alternate No. 4 - Electrical Surge Protection System /�L Dollars ($ Bid Alterna e(No. 5- Wall Mounted air intake vents and fans Dollars ($ Bid Alternate No. 6 - Roof Mounted exhaust vents and fans i�mv ,�� Dollars ($ �� ���f cr) J Bid Alternate No. 7 - Fire -rated interior HM frame windows and sidelite t kW � '{ �?� Dollars ( $ Bid Alternate No. 8 - Mop sink and related work / LLO c Dollars ($ ` ) Bid Alternate No. 9 - Interior ceramic tile wainscot and related work ili 1I 1ULI,� ��G �tI)l�t Dollars ($ Bid Alternate No. 10 - Allowance - This Allowance is for use due to changed or unforeseen site or building conditions and may only be used if the Owner approves the use of the Allowance. Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($ 25,000.00 ) The undersigned Bidder agrees to all terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. See Attached Si re Ti„tie % License number (required) SEAL - (if BID is by a corporation) 000 ;2- 16 -83) PN 869 C._ Address d C1 Date C'63le r Cora, Administrafive Services lion Purchasing Date: May 1, 2012 Email: lynwood@colliergov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -2667 FAX: (239) 252 -6593 ADDENDUM #1 From: Lyn M. Wood Procurement Strategist To: Interested Bidders Subject: Addendum # 1 12 -5822 — USDA Immokalee Building Build Out The following clarifications are issued as an addendum identifying the following change (s) for the referenced solicitation: Bids will be due on May 10, 2012, at 2:30 pm, in the Purchasing Department, 3327 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, FL 34112. 2. Attached are sign in sheets for the pre -bid meeting held on 4/18112. 3. Attached are the Plumbing and Riser Plans in response to Bill Varian's question to on -line bidding dated 4/19/12. 4. Fingerprinting, background checks and badges will be required of all personnel working on site. Only the awarded general contractor and its subcontractors will be required to go through this process. Copies of the required forms are attached. The manufacturer of the building, including the roof, is Gulf States Manufacturer. The contact at Gulf States is Robert Vaughn, 662- 324 -8730. Should the roof warranty be voided during the work to be done, the contractor will be responsible for the balance of the warranty. The Contractor shall coordinate with the existing roof manufacturer /installer to maintain the existing Roof Warranty with his work. Contractor shall complete all work and pay all costs associated with this. 6. Bid Form — A new Bid Form is attached which reflects the Bid Alternates and a $25,000 Allowance. Payments from the Allowance shall be time and material based upon approved work directives. This Allowance is for use due to changed or unforeseen site or building conditions. 7. Completion Time — Final Completion shall be accomplished by the Contractor within 105 calendar days. Substantial completion shall be within 75 calendar days from the Notice to Proceed. 8. Permits — The Building Permit has been approved and is ready for Contractor pickup. All fees for the permit have been paid by the County. All other permits required for but not limited to fire system alteration, fire alarm system alteration, signs (bid alternate) and any building permit modifications shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. It should be anticipated a Building Permit Modification will be required upon alternates selected. All reinspections fees shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Site Development Plan (with Insubstantial Change) is also complete. 9. Metal Wall Framing — A detail has been included showing the proposed interior wall framing. 10. Existing Electrical Conduit — Conduit was previously installed for installation of electric power and communication wiring to the individual tenant spaces and panels. At the Contractors option these conduits may be used for these purposes. A copy of the plan showing these conduits is attached. The Contractor shall be responsible for any repairs or modification required for use of this conduit. Contractor shall minimize all penetrations of the existing building panels with new or future conduit installation. Where possible conduits drops should be made on the interior of the building and directly into panels located on the outside. Boxes for future building signage shall be placed on the interior side of the building. 11. Overhead Cranes — Any cranes brought on -site with an operating height greater than the building height shall be approved by the Airport Authority prior to bringing on site. 12. Section 07210 - Building Insulation — Multiple copies of this section were posted on -line. All copies are the same. If you require additional information please post a question on the Online Bidding site or contact me using the above contact information. c: Thomas Vergo, Immokalee Airport Manager Please (Signature) (Name of Firm) ow and return a copy of this —Ad_ dendum with your submittal for the above referenced Date Clwmehij K dvo Coiner County Adnrinistrative ,Services Division clurchasinq Memorandum Date: May 8, 2012 From: Lyn M Wood Procurement Strategist To: Interested Bidders Email: lynwood @colliergov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -2667 FAX: (239) 252 -6593 ADDENDUM #2 Subject: Addendum # 2 12 -5822 — USDA Immokalee Building Build Out The following clarifications are issued as an addendum identifying the following change (s) for the referenced solicitation: 1. The bid due date is changed from May 10, 2012 to May 15, 2012 at 2:30 pm. 2. Clarification information with regard to the proposed wall construction is attached. If you require additional information please post a question on the Online Bidding site or contact me using the above contact information. C' Thomas Vergo, Immokalee Airport Manager Please sign "#w and return a cc solicitation. (Signature) of this Addendum with your submittal for the above referenced Date( AddendumTemplate Revised: 4/15/10 1 RD ZzmtructiM 2,92, -fit ';1Erlts '� xww A>`.i. AM IEIY TAM PM==TS, that W6, tho Undars gaad, 011e8oures Construction ComPa»y S Bullders, Inc. lesin�. , The Oinclanatt Insurance company as and ae 8,ara<tyr, are = 'by is"d scat fizvly hound. unft CoMar County AitPort Aittitority 'n tkLz pilAA2 ssaa Of eve Percent of the 'Old— for the paw= of which, "an and Lm y to he xwwiw, We � sw►erally _JO-Ltd auz ae t , B as s d a"14ma . -LQLuZ1Y and iii. , this I Sth defy of r M�..�. r li "riser ,can l" of the above Qui � $atpso is srscw 'tktat ' aas Cbe Yeas mb"itteai to QQWWrOGu Ai Author! $iii, stttti'rhwd #tat'etc Aud et °'Ln y as" a Part JvWmat after ,irsto a owfttta=t in =witing, for the in-fill Shelf Building kr moka lse RegOonal) AlrRort, Naples, Florida In) Zf said itxit,shal.1 be rmj mod, or (2- 16 -83) PM 8S9 12 RD Instruction 1924-A Guide 1, Attachment 4 remain in force and effect: it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obi.i:gations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected b the time within which the OWNER may accept such BID: and said Sureatyy any hereby of waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the 'Surety have hereunto set their hands and hereto ar_d such and them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signer? by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. One Source , onstruction Com a` y & Builder., Inc. E Pr ipa3. 6c- L The Cincinnati Insurance Company Surety t r ,? gyp . Deidr-e Sullivan, Attorney -in -fact IMPORTANT - Surety companies executing BONDS must appear on the ;Tree most: current list (Circular B ?D as amended) and be Authori.Zed to t, Ste]' `apartment's the State where the project is located. power of Attorney must be'atta�Ci8d�s� use in 000 2/2 Fairfseld, Ohio POVMIL t?F A:IT'Cl> y KNOW ALL 14EN By THESE PRESENTS: That THE CiNC:INNA'n NSL#�E of tile State of Ohic, and having.its priacipsl CO tA NY, oice in de" C ity ofFaxrf cld, Ohio, does hereby aaast tu � to rPmution M94niud under the laws and appoint fi'am Shoo;, .fin MEW, ,lanes H Breen, 7ekae Surinn, Brag A Remarw, AUCIM ij Gtr, Of Lake ice, F� surd dciiver on its behalf as Starety;.and as its not and deed, xny and all , tr- and lswiitl Att__*y(Sy4._. Kea to a Xu' ezerarrte, aere pited Ss, undextxiciags or other itke ics ,ejM' as follows: Any such .ataligatians in the lirtitod States, This appointment is made under aard Twenty iwbi8ttm BftQ C1a11 UQ (=,ti00,tiQt! 04} at a taecting held is .tiro by authori of the fallowing resolatiun passead by the Uoard,of n,. antes of said d principal of — of tine Coarpeay, a cluoruto b�cing Fresno and voting, t>a the 6th day or Company resohitiots is still in ef%t �eceutbe;c, 3958, wiiiah Fact of tare , tie idant ar any -Ir-- Prr,.si I= be 'h- --y sum and an bonds, Cotparatioa, a me .autitorsac any o , h �r01, und'eri ar Other csesi t�PP t °elnfaysof Me without can" amdify or revoke any such appai t of au -in -Fact to exiix t3ye r�parstc ur -uts n Fact shalt be b" _ Assy suds writings so o >aay with or otficazs of tin Dora ttport tlrc C omTrauy as if Lktcy had tscees dctly centcd exr3 sa ovule by sucb,Attorneys-in- Pa'y. y the regularly elected This Board of Directpo:a of p at c ��d by �csimile M der sod by fire suibrariry Qf'the ffolla�vin Rersalutson �g my caned and held on the 7t}t day oft>vc atber 8 adopted by :the RPSt)1: VEn, that the s _ , 1973. signature Cy ted� s Ysce Pmaidcnt arrd the seal of the CCWAJ uy y be by taasimi}e nit aoy power of eFttaca ComPatt3 uray be affixed h9' facsicaiic to any �signatu of the Searatary or Assistant Secretary and the seal saf the such facsimLle s' ++ay such tppun and any suclr:pawcr of rertiiicastp iraariae end cardfied by � lid and binding an the Comity. 7" d o such ptywer so executed and sealed aontinue to be valid and scaled any hail, with sesptct to aay'bond or undertgk� to wtriah #t is attached, w wn"NEss it'F3E�' p, THE do the Coarpaery. THE .CZfiiCf2+iNATL IN sup t iCJU CO PA, Y has coal Lb., prasaats to be scaled with,iu c- paste seat, duty attested by itc Vice President this 1st day tsfApril, 2A07. nEA TEiE C€€ a A"T,'NSUF"gLWCE COhMAi+,'i' STATS OF t7HLO �✓�'� COUNTY OF BXITIZk Can this 1 st day of April, 2007, befisro me Visae l- resident CCXs+iPANY, to are came the abov& -mined ice President of T*M Ci7TC" i*tl TT ITiS(11iANCE paxvSaid leaowa to be the oi`Fcer dracribed herein, atsd acknowledged that the seal rxed to the is }rt corporate saes Of said $ the e t""oew by authority sad direction of said atio�oal oad the :aigcsaturt of tilt oifmcr were duly affixed and subscribed to ARK J. H vTAiF1' ry . Atto,nray at t.,,e, My oornmtaai hues no owp4 eaa n I, the uodets Bard Sure 'oar•. sa�troa aax as 0.R.�. TBE above is a lane and cozseet eopy of the Original Power of f4ttaru CTI�Gi2�il tATi IN aU"iNCE COMPANY, hareb Power of Attomey is still in full fume and efrect. ES issued by said Compaa3', and do hereby further c tify tiu i the said GIVEN tnrdorMY hand and seal ofsaid ru,c.pany at.pairfieSai, %trracs. this 151h day of May . 2012 ZE A Lti htQ Bid-1005 3/t USDA Form Approved Form RD 400 -6 OMB No. 0575-0018 (Rev. 4-00) COMPLIANCE STATEMENT This statement relates to a proposed contract with COLLIER COUNTY AIRPORT AUTHORITY (Nance of borrower or grantee) who expects to finance the contract with assistance from either the Rural Housing Service (RHS), Rural Business- Cooperative Service (RBS), or the Rural Utilities Service (RUS) or their successor agencies, United States Department of Agriculture (whether by a loan, grant, loan insurance, guarantee, or other form of financial assistance).] am the undersigned bidder or prospective contractor, I represent that: 1. I ❑have, M have not, participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to Executive 11246 (regarding equal employment opportunity) or a preceding similar Executive Order. 2. If I have participated in such a contract or subcontract, I 0 have, ❑ have not, filed all compliance reports that have been required to file in connection with the contract or subcontract. If the proposed contract is for $50,000 or more and I have 50 or more employees, I also represent that: 3. I ®have, ❑have not previsouly had contracts subject to the written affirmative action programs requirements of the Secretary of Labor. 4. If I have participated in such a contract or subcontract, I m have, ❑ have not developed and placed on file at each establishment affirmative action programs as required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor. I understand that if I have failed to file any compliance reports that have been required of me, I am not eligible and will not be eligible to have my bid considered or to enter into the proposed contract unless and until I make an arrangement regarding such reports that is satisfactory to either the RHS, RBS or RUS, or to the office where the reports are required to be filed. I also certify that I do not maintain or provide for my employees any segregated facilities at any of my establishments, and that I do not permit my employees to perform their services at any location, under my control, where segregated facilities are maintained. I certify further that 1 will not maintain or provide for my employees any segregated facilities at any of my establishments, and that I will not permit my employees to perform their services at any location, under my control, where segregated facilities are maintained. I agree that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in my contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. I further agree that (except where I have obtained identical certifications for proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) I will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that I will retain such certifications in my files, and that I will forward the following notice to such proposed subcontractors (except where the proposed subcontractors have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods): (See Reverse). According to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, an agency mqv not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB control number. The valid OMB control number for this information collection is 0575 -0018. The lime required to complete this information collection is estimated to average 10 minutes per response, including the ume for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Position 6 RD 400 -6 (Rev. 4-00) NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTORS OF REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATIONS OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES A certification of Nonsegregated Facilities, as required bY the Mai 9, 1967, order (32F.R. 7439. ma,, 19. 1967) on Elimination of Segregated Facilities., b,, the Secretary of'LaI)or. M-U-St be submitted prior to the award of'a subcontract excecding S 10.000 which is not exempt from the Provisions of-the. Equal Opportunity clause. The, certification max hL submitted either for each subcontract or ior all subcontracts during a period t i.e.. quarterly. sLmiannuallv, or annuallN,), NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in 0ger S is prescribed in 18 U.S.C:, 100 1. Z� DATE >J�d (Siglialure qfBiddvror Prospective Corttractorsi Oizcluding Zip C.*odL) Adcircs s NOTICE OF Al TO: Onpqr)=r-p Company 6121; - . -. PROJECT Description: Tjfi;pA Tmmnkalea R ii l i nq T3uild out- The OWNER has considered the BID submitted by you for the above described WORK in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated May 15 20 12 , and Information for Bidders. You are hereby notified that vour BID has been accepted for items in the amount o ` 2 P E F n P A (LPL You are required by the Information for 3idders zo execute the Agreement and furnish the required Contractor's Performance BOND, Payment BOND and certificates of insurance within ten (10) calendar days from he date of this Noti e to you. If you fail to execute said Agreement and to furnish said BONDS within ten (10) days from the date of this Notice, said OWNER will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the Owner's acceptance of your BID as abandoned and as a forfeiture of your BID BOND. The OWNER will e entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this NOTICE OF AWARD to the OWNER. Dated this 12 day of 20_12 ACCEPTANCE OF Receipt_of the above NOTICE OF By ! j _AMA PAMMMANXinn"w, Ti le ?! President .•. 1/1 (2- 16 -83) PN 869 C ^1 l ier cgull -tom 'U r-:$Q� Authority Owner By Title -Executive ector LICE is hereby acknowled ged X Builders In 'AL 1 f 20 1 2- 1Document 101 TM l -2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum AGREEMENT made as of the 12th in the year 2012 (In words, indicate day, month and year.) BETWEEN the Owner: (Name, legal status, address and other information) Collier County Airport Authority 2005Mainsal Drive, Suite 1 Naples, FL 34114 Telepone Number: 239 - 642 -7878 and the Contractor: (Name, legal status, address and other information) day of June OneSource ConstructionCompany & Builders, Inc. 6325 Presidential Court, Suite 3 Ft. Myers, FL 33919 Telephone Number: 239 - 415 -8300 for the following Project: (Name, location and detailed description) USDA Immokalee Building Build Out Immokalee, FL 20,000 SF Interior Building The Architect: (Name, legal status, address and other information) This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. AIA Document A201 T11-2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. is adopted in this document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified. Q. Grady Minor & Associates, P.A., Subchapter S Corporation 3800 Via Dal Rey Bonita Springs, FL 34134 Telephone: 239 - 947 -1144 The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. AIA Document Al 01 TM- — 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The inPt. American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA6Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 1 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are permitted to reproduce ten (1 0) copies of this document when completed. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright@aia.org. W211ACDH TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 4 CONTRACT SUM 5 PAYMENTS 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 10 INSURANCE AND BONDS ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, all of which form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than a Modification, appears in Article 9. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except as specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement if it differs front the date of this Agreement or, if applicable, state that the date will be fixed in a notice to proceed.) If, prior to the commencement of the Work, the Owner requires time to file mortgages and other security interests, the Owner's time requirement shall be as follows: § 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement. Init. AIA Document A10111 —2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1980, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 2 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are permitted to reproduce ten (10) copies of this document when completed. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion oft] ( 7 5 ) days from the date of commencement, or as follow (Insert number of calendar days. Alternatively, a calendar dat commencement. If appropriate, insert requirements for earlier Portion of Work Base Bid plus Alternatives 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 entire Woric not later than soventy —five may be used when coordinated1with the date of substantial Completion of certain portions of the Work.) Substantial Completion Date 75 Days after Notice to Proceed subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions, if any, for liquidated damages relating to failure to achieve Substantial Completion on time or for bonus payments for early completion of the Work.) ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM § 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in c Contract. The Contract Sum shall be Two Hundred Ni ($ 296,099.00 ), subject to additions and ded § 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, i and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternate; Owner to accept other alternates subsequent to the execution o) alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that § 4.3 Unit prices, if any: (Identify and state the unitprice; state quantin, limitations, if Item mt funds o e Contractor's performance of the ty —Six Ninety —Nine Dollars ons as provided in the Contract Documents. any, which are described in the Contract Documents If the bidding or proposal documents permit the !his Agreement, attach a schedule of such other 'mount expires.) 1, to which the unitprice will be applicable.) s and Limitations Price per Unit ($0.00) BaseBid one (1) $222,482.00 Bid Alternate No. 1 One (1) $20,165.00 Bid Alternate No. 2 One (1) $14,030.00 Bid Alternate No. 3 One (1) $13,807.00 Bid Alternate No. 4 One (1) $9,370.00 Bid Alternate No. 6 One (1) $5,865.00 P"ARN��A@A&eAi? the Contract Sum; if any: One ( 1 ) $4,300.00 (Identify allowance and state exclusions, if any, from the allowance price.) Item Price None None Bid Alternate ND. 8 One (1) Bid Alternate No. 9 One (1) $980.00 $5,100.00 AIA Document A101 TM —2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1980, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The Init. American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 3 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are permitted to reproduce ten (10) copies of this document when completed. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institutejof Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS § 5.1 Progress Payments § 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month, or as follows: as agreed upon between the Architect and the Contractor § 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received -by the Architect not later than the agreed upon day of a month, the Owner shall make payment of the certified amount to the Contractor not later than the agreed day of the month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than twenty —five ( 25 ) days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment, in accordance (Teaerai, state or Local laws may require payment within a certain Period of time.) with Chapter 218.735(a) F.S. § 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. § 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. § 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: .1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values, less retainage of . percent( 20 %). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of change�'W�t*ork, amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Section 7.3.9 of ALA Document A20IT111-2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction; .2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing), less retainage of twenty percent( 20 .3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and A Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 9.5 of ALA Document A201 -2007. § 5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.1.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances: .1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sutra sufficient to increase the total payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall detennine for incomplete Work. retainage applicable to such work and unsettled claims; and (Section 9.8.5 of AIA Document A201 -2007 requires release of applicable retainage upon Substantial Completion of Work with consent of surety, if any.) .2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Section 9.10.3 of AIA Document A201 -2007. AIA Document A101TM — 2007. Copyright @ 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1980, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The [nit. American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAc Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 4 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAO' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are permitted to reproduce ten (10) copies of this document when completed. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.orc. § 5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows: (If it is intended, prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in Sections 5.1.6.1 and 5.1.6.2 above, and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert here provisions for such reduction or limitation) If Work is done at 50 %, the retainage can be decreased to ten percent (100), and the 50% of the retainage held by the Onwer maybe provided to the Contractor. § 5.1.9 Except with the Owner's prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. § 5.2 Final Payment § 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when .1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201 -2007, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final payment; and .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. § 5.2.2 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment, or as follows: at the agreed upon final date determine after the Notice to Proceed. ARTICLE 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION § 6.1 Initial Decision Maker The Architect will serve as Initial Decision Maker pursuant to Section 15.2 of AIA Document A201 -2007, unless the parties appoint below another individual, not a party to this Agreement, to serve as Initial Decision Maker. (If the parties mutually agree, insert the name, address and other contact information of the Initial Decision Maker, if other than the Architect) § 6.2 Binding Dispute Resolution For any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation pursuant to Section 15.3 of AIA Document A201 -2007, the method of binding dispute resolution shall be as follows: (Check the appropriate box. If the Owner and Contractor do not select a method of binding dispute resolution below, or do not subsequently agree in writing to a binding dispute resolution method other than litigation, Claims will be resolved by litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction.) ❑ Arbitration pursuant to Section 15.4 of AIA Document A201 -2007 ❑ Litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction Other: (Spec fy) Owner_ and Contractor will engage in dispute resolution discussion. Init. AIA Document A1011 —2007. Copyright @ 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1980, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA''Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 5 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA6 Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are permitted to reproduce ten (10) copies of this document when completed. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.arg. ARTICLE 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION § 7.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201 -2007. § 7.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201 -2007. ARTICLES MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201 -2007 or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. § 8.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (Insert rate of interest agreed upon, if any.) None § 8.3 The Owner's representative: (Name, address and other information) Thomas Vergo, Immmokalee Airport Manager, Project Manager Immokalee Regional Airport 1 65 Airpark Beaulevv and Immokalee, FL 34142 Telephone: 239 - 657 -9003 § 8.4 The Contractor's representative: (Name, address and other information) George Chauvin, President One Souce Construction Company & Builders, Inc. 6325 Presidential Court, Suite 3 Ft. Myers, FL 33919 TT l�ph n�• 239- 415 -830Q § 8.5�etther e wnel nor the ontractor s representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other part}-. § 8.6 Other provisions: None ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement; are enumerated in the sections below. § 9.1.1 Tn.-Agreement is this executed AIA Document A101-2007, Standard Fonn of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor. § 9.1.2 The General Conditions are AIA Document A201 -2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. § 9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract: Document Title Date Pages AIA DocumentA101T —2007. Copyright© 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1980, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The init. American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARMING: This AIAO Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAr Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are permitted to reproduce ten (10) copies of this document when completed. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 9.1.4 The Specifications: (Either list the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Section Title On —Line Bidding Date Pages 4/12/2012 § 9.1.5 The Drawings: (Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Number Title Date On —Line Bidding 4/12/2012 § 9.1.6 The Addenda, if any: Number Date Pages Addendum #1 5/1/2012 15 pages Addendum #2 5/8/2012 3 pages Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9. § 9.1.7 Additional documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents: .1 AIA Document E20 I T1,1-2007, Digital Data Protocol Exhibit, if completed by the parties, or the following: None .2 Other documents, if any, listed below: (List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Contract Documents. ALA DocumentA201- 2007provides that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms and the Contractor's bid are not part of the Contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. They should be listed here only if intended to be part of the Contract Documents.) None snit. AIA Document A1011 —2007. Copyright@ 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1980, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAO Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 7 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAeDocument, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are permitted to reproduce ten (10) copies of this document when completed. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE AND BONDS The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance and provide bonds as set forth in Article 11 of ALA Document A201 -2007. (State bonding requirements, if any, and limits of liability for insurance required in Article 11 of AIA Document ,4201 2007.) Type of Insurance or Bond I Limit of Liability or Bond Amount ($0.00) Commercial General Liability: Coverage shall have minimum limits of $1,000,000 Per Occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate for Bodily Injury Liability and Property DamageLiability. This shall include Premises and Operations; Independent Contractors; Products and Completed Operations and Contractual Liability. Business Auto Liability: Coverage shall have a minimum limit of Combined Single Limit for Bodily Injury Liability and Property Damages Liability. This shall include: Owned Vehicles, Hired and Non -Owned Vehicles and Employee Non- Ownership. $1,000,000 Per Occurrence, Workers' Compensation: Insurance covering all employees meeting Statutory Limits in compliance with the applicable state and federal laws. The coverage must include Employers' Liability with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 for each accident. Special Requirement: Collier County,41Qe AAW- {L;rAyshall be listed as the Certificate Holder and included as an Addional Insured on the Comprehensive General Liability Policy. ATTEST DWIGHT E, BROCK, CLERK IR��pt' Nii This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written OWNER (Signature) 0 bilJier e y _rpo4 -+��� ��pro�ed as to fo :c 1 1 adlkiae7 Deputy County AttoneY A Fred W. Coyote, BCC Chairman — CsP-org? u Chap, -Tin , i t -, P r e s i d e n t (Printed name and - title) (Printed name and title) CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA Contract Document, on which this text appears in RED. An original assures that changes will not be obscured. In it. AIA Document A101 TM — 2007. Copyright @ 1915, 1916, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1980, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIArpocument is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAO Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are permitted to reproauce ten (10) copies of this document when completed. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. RD Instruction 1942 -A Guide 27 Attachment 3 Page 1 ATTACHMENT TO AIA DOCUMENT A101 -2007, Standard Form o_` Agreement Between Owner and Contractor The provisions of this Attachment shall delete, modify and supplement the provisions contained in the "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor," AIA Document A101 -2007 Edition. The provisions contained in this attachment shall supersede any conflicting provisions of the AIA Document. ARTICLE 3, DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Delete paragraph 3.1 and substitute the following• 3.1 The date of commencement shall be contained ir_ the Notice tc Proceed. Add the following to paragraph 3.3• If the work is not substantially complete on or before this date, or within this period of time, or extension_ thereof granted by the Owner, damage will be sustained by the Owner and that it is and will be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damage which the Owner w-_11 sustain in the event of and by reason of such delays. The Contractor shall pay tc the Owner liquidated damages in the sum of $ for each calendar day of delay. Any sums that may be due the Owner as liquidated damages may be deducted from any monies due or to become due the Contractor under the Contract or may be collected from the Contractor's surety. ARTICLE 5, PAYMENTS Insert "ten" and "10" in the appropriate spaces in clauses 5.1.6.1 and subparagraph 5.1.6.2. Delete the last sentence of clause 5.1.6.1. Delete the following from clause 5.1.6.2: (or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitabiy stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing) (00- 00 -00) PN 000 RD Instruction 1942 -P_ Guide 27 Attachmen_ 3 Page 2 Insert the following sentences in subparagraph The amount retained shall be 10% of the value of Work until 50% of the Work has been completed. At 50`'6 completion, further partial payments shall be made in full to the Contractor and no additional amounts may be retained unless the Architect certifies that the Work is not proceeaina satisfactorily, but amounts previously retained shall not be _paid to the Contractor. At 50% completion or any time thereafter when the progress of the Werk is not satisfactory, additional amounts may be retained but in no event shall the total retalnaae be more than 10% of the value of Work completed. ARTICLE 8, MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Add the following subparagraph to paragraph 8.6: 8.6.1 This Agreement shall not become effective until concurred in writing by the Aaencv. Such concurrence shall be evidences by the signature of a duly authorized representative of the Aaencv in the space provided at the end of this Attachment to the Agreement. The concurrence so evidenced by the Agency shall in no way commit the Aaencv to render financial assistance to the Owner and is without liability to the Aaencv for any payment thereunder, but in the event such assistance is provided, the concurrence shall signify the provisions of this Agreement are consistent wit- i Agency requirements. ARTICLE 9, ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The following Documents should be referenced, _f applicable: Subparagraph 9.1.3: Attachment to the Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor (this Attachment) General Conditions of the Contra c* for Construction, A7A A201 -2007 Attachment to the Genera_ Conditions 0, the Contract for Construction (RD instruction 1942 -A, Guide 27, Attachment 4)% Special Conditions RD Instruction_ 1942 -A Guide 27 Attachment 3 Page 3 Subparagraph 9.1.7: Invitation for Bids (Form RD 1924 -5; Instructions to Bidders, AIA A701 -1997 Attachment to the Instructions to Bidders (RD Instruction 1924 -A, Guide 27, Attachment 2) Bid Form Bid Bond Compliance Statement (Form RD 400 -6) Payment Bond Performance Bond Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Lxcl-asion - Lower Tier Covered Transactions (Form AD 10401 Disclosure of Lobbying Activities (SF -LL 7 Certification_ for Contracts, Grants and Loans (RD Instruction 1940 -1-, Exhibit A -", Delete the sianazure block on page , of this Aareement, and substitute the block on the followina page: (00-00-00i PN 000 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, or caused to be executed by their 'duly authorized officials, this Agreement in quintuple on the respective dates indicated below: ATTEST: 2 'Q �- Dwight r I k of Courts Date:,-t 73 { ATTEST: ^- Type Name: lJtcc�o� �e Le �v, Title: cc-& -c C�IJI>•1�1.�K�1��I�:���l�l fry :iZ9l i>r11ji.[flal VA By: - W. � . Fred W. C le, Chairman Date: 2 01 CON RA CTOR: ON JBUILDERS CE CONTRUCTION '` COMPA , B y. Type Name: " ' -' Cat. V lv� IL Date: -7 11 -.a-- 2.-- Title: t )W NC -ii Date: AGENCY CONCURRENCE: .- Name: Pd-O Title: _Awc.. [ncr ATTEST: 01,1L Type Name: wl 192j -vc Title: 1411 L H �rE:Z I /-}L iS 7` Date: Date: O's / 3 Z,20 l - The concurrence so evidenced by the Agency shall in no way commit the Agency to render financial assistance to the Owner and is without liability to the Agency for any payment hereunder, but in the event such assistance is provided, the concurrence shall signify the provisions of this Agreement are consistent with Agency requirements. A e7 d as to Wd I al sufficiency: #- p Scott R. Teach, Deputy County Attorney CERTIFICATE OF ER'S ATTORNEY RD Gu I, the undersigned, Scott Ma-h. , t Instruction 1924 -A ide 1, Attachment 7 duly authorized and acting legal representative of Collier County Airport Authority do hereby certify as follows: I have examined the attached Contract(s) and Performance and Payment Bond(s) and the manner of execution thereof, and I am of the opinion that each of the aforesaid agreements has been duly executed by the proper parties thereto acting through their duly authorized representatives; that said representatives have fu 1 power and authority to execute said agreements on behalf of the respective p rties named thereon; and that the foregoing agreements con titute valid and le ally binding obligations upon the parties executing the same in accordance with terms, conditions, and provisions thereof. Signature Date: 7 U —few Scott Teach, Deputy County Attorney (NOTE: Delete phrase "Performance and Payment .1. 1/1 (2- 16 -83) PN 869 Bonds" when not appi� _cable.) CONCURRENCE The United States of America, as potential ler costs of this Contract, and without liability concurs in the form, content, and execution of U.S. Department of Agriculture Rural Development Rural Housing Service Date RD 3er or insurer of f Eor any payments th this Contract. ural Deve opmen Official T A F6WMC- [ This Contract shall not be in full force and e feet until con Director or the State Director's delegate, Rur 1 Development, Agriculture. .M. (08- 26 -98) PN 296 urred U. S. Instruction 1924 -A Guide 1 Attachment 8 ds to defray the eunder, hereby with by the State Department of INSTR 4713339 OR 4813 PG 404 RECORDED 7/3/2012 1:30 PM PAGES 8 DWIGHT E. BROCK, CLERK OF THE CIRCUIT COURT, COLLIER COUNTY FLORIDA REC $69.50 Front Page of Bond No. 89115159 Issued in Accordance with Florida Statute 255.05 For Public Work CONTRACTOR: SURETY COMPANY: OWNER NAME: CONTRACTING PUBLIC ENTITY: (If different from the owner) BOND AMOUNT: CONTRACT NO., PROJECT: PROJECT LOCATION and /or LEGAL DESCRIPTION OneSource Construction Company 6325 Presidential Court, Suite 3 Fort Myers, FL 33919 (239) 415 -8300 The Cincinnati Insurance Company 6200 S. Gilmore Road Fairfield, OH 45014 Collier County Airport Authority 6325 Presidential Court Ste 3 Ft Myers, FL 33919 N/A $296,099.00 USDA Immokalee Building Build Out This bond is given to comply with section 255.05 Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. This is the front page of the bond, regardless of any page number(s) that may be pre - printed thereon. OR 4813 PG 405 Bond # B- 9115159 RD lnstruc:_on 1?24-__ Exhibit Page PAYMENT BOND Y {N ti i 2 oa2)rc. Za- OneScurce Construction "Eompany -& Builders, Inc. 6325 Presidential Court Ste 3, Ry Ft eRs,`fTtr�F5H) ( Address of Contractor) a Corporation , hereinafter called PR= NCI =;L and ( Ccrporation, Partnersn_- or :n:ivLiva f The Cincinnati Insurance Company !Name of Surety; hereinafter =a_-led SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto Collier County Airport Authority 2005 Mainsail Dr., Naples, FL 34114 (Name cf O -aner) (Address of Owner) hereinafter called OWNER and the United States of America actinc through Rura: Deveior_men_t hereinafter referred to as GOVERNMENT, and unto all perscr_s, firms, anc ccrpor3ticns who or who ch may furnish labor, or who furnish materials to perform as described under the contract and to their successors and assign . aggregate penal sum of Two Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Ninety Dfine Ii:71 W2and no /100 - - -- +cll :rs ' money of ='^e Onitec States, for the payment or which sum well anc _rule to be mace, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assians, 3ointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE =ONDITION DF THIS 03LIGP_TION is such than whereas, the PRINCIPA:, entered _ «to a certain. contract with the OWNER, dated the 12-+4N day of _20�� a copy of w: ich is r_eretc attached anal made a part hereof for the cornstructic . of: USDA Immokalee Building Build Out Tmmnkalaa FT, -2e,886 SP lrtteK4er NOW, THEREFORE, if the PRINCIPAL shall properly make payment to all persons, firms, and ccrporat:ons furnishing mater =als for or perfo =irg labor in the prosecution of the WORK provided for in such contract, and any authorized extension. or modification. thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, coal and coke, repairs cr machinery;, equipment and tools, consumed or used in :onneczion wi-t the construction of such WORK, and for all labor cost incurred in such WORT{ including_ that by a SOBCCNTRACTOR, and to any mechanic or materialman lienholder whether it acquires its lien by oneration cf State or Federal law; then. this ob= igation shall be void, otherwise to remain. in full force and effec ;5- :2-87) SPECIAL FN OR 4813 PG 406 RD instruction 1724-?. Exhi.._ Page 2� PRCCT_DED, that heneficiaries or claimants hereunder shall be limited to the SUBCONTRACTORS, and persons, firms, and corporations having a direct con tract ` w °th the PRINCIPAL or its SUBCONTRACTOR. ` PROV_DE'_', FURTHER, that the said SURETY for value received hereby stipulate, and agrees that no change, extension of the, alteration or additior_ to the terms of the ccntract or tc the WORK tc be performed thereunder or the SPECTFICAT =ONS acccmpanving the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this BONL, and in does hereby waive notice of any sucr. change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of this contract or to the WORK. or to the SPECIFICATIONS. PRC",IDE, FURTHER, =hat nc su'_c or acticr. shah be commenced hereunder b_v any: claimant: (a: Unless claimant, other than, one having a direct contract with the PRINCIPA:. for wit: the GOVERNMENT in the event the GOVERNMENT is performing the obligations of the OWNER), shall have giver, writtet notice to any two of the 'cllowinc: The PRINCIPAL, the OWNER, or the SURETY above named within_ ninety (30) days after suck. claimant did or Performed the last of the work or labor, or fur:ished the last of the materials fcr which said claim is made, stating with substantial - accuracy the amour*_ claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished, or for whom the work_ or labor was done or performed. Such notice shall be served by _nailing the same by register mail or certified ma-;--,, postage prepaid, in an envelope addressed to the PRINCIPAL, OWNER, or SURETY, at any Place where an office is regularly maintained for the transaction of business, or served 4n any manner is which legal process may be served in the state in which the aforesaid project is located, save that such service need not be made by a public officer. ;b) After the expiration of one (l) year following the date of which PRINCIPAL ceased work or. said CONTRACT, it being understood, however, that if any limitation embodied in the BONz is prohibited by any law controlling the construction hereof, such lim:.ta - ion shall be deemed to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such lax. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that it is expressly agreed that this BOND shat'_ be deemed amended automatically and immediately, w;thout formal and separate amendments hereto, upon amendment to the Contract not increasing the contract price more than 20 percent, so as to bind the PR1NCIPAi and the SURETY t: the £uli and faithful performance of the Contract as so amended. The term "Pmendment ", wherever used it this BOND and whether referring to this BOND, the ccntract or the loan. Documents shad include anv alteration., addition, extension or modi_i.:a :Lon. of any character whatsoever. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER or GOVERNMENT and the CONTRr1CTOn shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. - OR 4813 PG 407 P-0 Instruction. 1524-A Exhibit F Page - T -N WITNESS WF.ERSOF, this inst==ent is executed is 1 counterparts, i. fit ); Number �Clea^.N;.. B, of ,writ: shall be deemed an oric-nal, this the � � -1, 01 'jay o- Gi •�Am'. ' o '•.,T °r- ncioa; Secretary 4;itness�,s to ?r_nc_ pal (Address; 3 �( q ATTEST Witness a to urety 250 Colonial Center Pkwy Ste 250 Lake Ma4jA3i# 9s5j2746 OneSource Construction Company & Builders,., ri 77- i al 1 /ice; 6325 Presi ntial Court Ste 3 t ?dd`-ess � • - -• Ft Myers, FL 339119 The Cincinnati Insurance Company Surety B, Je Mi11eY,gttorney -in- =sot 62 S Gilmore Rd. (Address, :•5 (F Fairfield, OH 45014 1v fi _ •� NOTE: Date of BOND must net be prior tc date of Ccntrac:. �% '% '' ���, Ill ���• :f CONTRACTOR is partnership, all partners should execute BOKC. IMPORTAti.: Surety companies executing BONDS must appear on the Treasury Departme:t's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the project -s located. Z• (5- 12 -87) SPECLLL PN OR 4813 PG 408 RD = nstruc_ ion 1921 -A Exhibit Bond # B- 9115159 Page 1 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS ay THESE PRESENTS: that OneSource Construction Company & Builders, Inc. 6325 Presidential Court Stem3,o t"pyers�'F]V 33919 (Address or Contractor) a Corporation , hereinafter called PRINCIPAL, and ( Corperation, Partnership, or Indi,rid.:u) The Cincinnati Insurance Company (Name of Surety) 6200 S Gilmore Rd., Fairfield, OH 45014 (Address of Surety) hereinafter called SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto Collier County Airport Authority (Name of 04ner) 2005 Mainsail Drl., Naples, FL 34114 (Address of Owner) A ,, hereinafter called OWNER, and the United S f A�ica acting through Rural Development hereinafter referred to as the £RNMENT ir the total aggregate penal sum of Two Hundred Ninety Six Ninety Nine Dollars and no /100 - - -- Dollars (_ 296, ir. lawful money of the linit2d States, =cr the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the PRINCIPAL entered into a certain contract with the OWNER, dated the 1-2,+"A day of —kLrle 20_Z, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of: USDA Immokalee Building Build Out NOW, THZ'REFOR =, _f the PRINCIPAL shall well, truly and faithfslly perform its duties, all the undertaYirgs, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of said contract during the original term therec =, and any extensions thereof which mar be granted by the OWNER, or GOVERNMENT, with or without notice to the SURETY and oaring the guaranty period and if the PRINCIPA, shall satisfy (05- 12 -57; SPECIAL PN OR 4813 PG 409 RD. Instruction 192E -A Exhibit G Page all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER and GOVERNMENT from all tests and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do sG, and shall reimburse and repav the CWNER and GOVERNtj -_,,T all outlay and expense which the OWNER and GOVERNMENT may incur in making good any default, Cher this obligatior_ shall be voi3 effect , otherwise to remein in full far =e and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the liability of the PRINCIPAL AND SURETY hereunder to the GOVERNNT shall be subject to the same limitations and defenses as maybe, Available to then against a claim hereunder by the OWNER, provided, however, that the GOVERNMENT may,, at its option, perform any obligations of the OWNER r contract. equired by the PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said SGRET°, for value received hereby, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension cf time, alteration or addition to the terms of the cont=act or to WORE to be Performed thereunder or the SPt^i=IC;LT.1TONS accompanying same shill is any way affect its obligation_ or this BOND, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alt/e�ration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the WORE or to the SPECIFI.P_*IONS. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that it is expressly agreed that the BOND shall be deemed amended automatically and immediately, without formal and separate amendments hereto, upon amendment to the Contract not increasing the contract price more than 20 percent, so as to bind the PP.INCiP.z.L and the SQRETy to the ful: and faithful performance of the CCNTRACT as so amended. The term "Amendment", wherever used in this BOND, and whether referring to t:is BOND, the Contract or the Loan Documents shall include any alteration., addition, extension, or modification, of any character whatsoever. j PROVI -DED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER or GOVERNMENT and the PPT_NC1P;LL stall abridge the right of the other beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. The OWNER and GOVERNMENT are the on -y beneficiaries hereunder. OR 4813 PG 410 coo (5- 12 -87) SPECIAL PN RD Instrlcti�r. 1324 -� Exhihi= G Pace 3 iN WITNESS WF?EREOF, t`•is .instrument is executed in 1 'OU'%LE'rpa_t5, Number each one of which shall be deemed a^, oricinal, this the - day of -DLLI 0- 0(a ATTEST: OneSource Construction Company & Builders, ; -Inc., Princi al (Principal) Secretery •':J:• �'' "�- a ��� '� �•. ' j (.Sr.F.L) By t 6325 Presi tial Ct . Ste 3 U� Ft Myers, W tress S to P-i. ,��• (AadrL 5j _ j 3 1 The Cincinnati Insurance Company Surety ATTEST *riitn ss as to Su=et 200 Colonial Center Pkwy Pkwy Ste 250 Je an Attorney -:.n- Fact 6200 S Gilmore Rd. (Address; Lake Mary, FL 32746 Fairfield, OAi4 = Q c r = l; w '••. � � ,rte; NOTE: Date of BOND must not be Prior to date of Contract. If CONTRACTOR, is partnership, all partners would execute BOND_ IMPDRTANT: Surety companies execst_nc BONDS m::st appear an the Treasury Departmer__•s most current last (Cir--u;.ar 570 as amended) and be au;:hcri=ed to transact business the state where the project is located. in coo (5- 12 -87) SPECIAL PN * ** OR 4813 PG 411 * ** THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY Fairfield, Ohio POWER OF ATTORNEY KNO W ALL MIEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having its principal office in the City of Fairfield, Ohio, does hereby constitute and appoint James E. Breen; Brett A. Ragland; Audrey J. Gallagher; Peggy Snow; Deidre Sullivan and /or Jean Miller of Lake Mary, Florida its true and lawful Attorneys )-in -Fact to sign, execute, seal and deliver on its behalf as Surety, and as its ad and deed, any and all bonds, policies, undertakings, or other like instruments, as follows: Any such obligations in the United States, up to Twenty Million and No /100 Dollars ((;20,000,000.00). This appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution passed by the Board of Directors of said Company at a meeting held in the principal office of the Company, a quorum being present and voting, on the 6e day of December, 1958, which resolution is still in effect "RESOLVED, that the President or any Vice President be hereby authorized, and empowered to appoint Attomeys -in- Fact of the Company to execute any and all bonds, policies, undertaking, or other like instnrmeou on behalf of the Corporation, and may authorize any officer or any such Attomey -in -Fact to affix the corporate seal; and may with or without cause modify or revoke any such appointment or authorry. Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys -in- Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 71 day of December, 1973. "RESOLVED, that the signature of the President or a Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted, and the signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any such power of certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall, with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Company." IN WITNESS WWEREOF, THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMMANY his caused these presents to be sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by its Vice President this 1011 day of October, 2008. s �,. THE Ci•' *NTl INSURANCE COMPANY aT coltPWAn o F. SEAL oxto . t Presider STATE OF OHIO ) ss: rice COUNTY OF BUTLER ) On this 106 day of October, 2008, before me came the above -named Vice President of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COhDANY, to me personally known to be the officer described herein, and acknowledged that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said Company and the corporate seal and the signature of the officer were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said corporation. 4 MAR N LLK J. ER, Attomey at Law NOTARY PUBUC - STATE OF OWD 40 MY t lcat deh. Section 14T.o3 O.R.CPbn - I,:ihe undersigned Secretary -or Assistant Secretary of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, hereby certify that the above is a true ppd tcorregt copy of the Original. Power of Attorney issued by said Company, and do hereby further certify tbat the said Power of Atto�c as StilL;�t,*1'fprcc and "effect. GIVEN uniiW- �ayjtand,aiid seal of said Company at Fairfield, Ohio. i ?l C, R, CD,I .,r - &y.of: 20I2 o M! 0.,1 I U • t '; : ���\ \ .. BN -1, S (terog)� Client#: 1442036 1320NESOU ACORD� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE F DATE(MM /DD/YYYY) GENERAL 7/02/2012 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER BB &T- Oswald Trippe and Company 13515 Bell Tower Drive Fort Myers, FL 33907 CONTACT NAME: PHONE, p, Ext :239 433 -4535 FAX 866- 881 -5271 Arc, " °' E -MAIL ADDRESS: INSURERS) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # 239 433 -4535 INSURER A: Mid - Continent Casualty Co 23418 INSURED OneSource Construction Co & Builders Inc INSURER B: Essex Insurance Company 39020 INSURER C: Vinings Insurance Company 16632 INSURER D: 6325 Presidential Ct 93 INSURER E: X Fort Myers, FL 33917 INSURER F: WIN 1MUmoCrc: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. FN _SR ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSR WVD POLICY NUMBER MM /DD/YYYY MM /DD /YYYY LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY X 04GL000852067 6/25/2012 06/251201 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 X DAMAGE SO R occurrence $100,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ Excluded CLAIMS -MADE I OCCUR PD Ded :500 X PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: X POLICY ECOT LOC PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $2,000,000 A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 04GL000852067 6125/2012 06/25/2013 Ea accideDtSINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000 X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS X NAUTOS ON -OWNED AUTOS i BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ $ B X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE I i XOVA378411 6/25/2012 061251201 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 AGGREGATE $1 000 000 DED RETENTION $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE Y f N OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? � Mandatory in I (f yes, describe under `+ N/A WCV010195801 3/2912012 03/29/201 X WC STATU- OTH- $ E.L. EACH AC 11 NT DE $1 000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below D DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) Project: USDA Immokalee Building Build Out Project #12 -5822 Collier County Airport Authority is named as additional insured with respects to Commercial General Liability per Blanket Additional Insured Endorsement ML1081. Collier County Airport Authority 2005 Mainsail Drive Suite 1 Naples, FL 34114 ACORD 25 (2010 /05) 1 of 1 #S8879973/M8879928 WIN SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ems- aria- A41" V 1988 -2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD KAEV NOTICE TO TO: OneSource Construction Company DA & Builders, Inc. 6325 Presidential Court Suite 3 Bonita Springs, FL 33919 RD Instruction 1924 -A Gu'de 1, Attachment 9 CEED Project: USDA Immokalee You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with he Agreement dated 20 , on or before , 20 , and you are to complete the WORK within 1 9- consecutive calendar days th reafter. The date of completion of all WORK is therefore 20 ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PRO- CEED is hereby acknowledged by resident This he �� �wL 20 } By r Title Employer Identification Number •0• 1/1 (2- 16 -83) PN 869 By Title U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Certification Regardiq� Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier Covered Transactions This certification is required by the regulations implementing Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension, 7 CFR Part 3017, Section 30I7.510, Participants' responsibilities. The regulations were published as Part IV of the January 30, 1989, Federal Register (pages 47224733). Copies of the regulations may be obtained by contacting the Department of Agriculture agency with which this transaction originated. (BEFORE COMPLETING CERTIFICATION, READ INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE) (1) The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. (2) Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. 4 Organization Name Number or Project Name Name(s) and Title(s) of Authorized Repreientative(s) Vf -i,. Signature(s) 5 Date Form AD -1048 (1/92) Document A2.0� -2007 Genera! Conditions of _the Contract for Construction for the following PROJECT: (Aame and iocatzon or address) This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. THE OWNER: (Vane, iegai status and address) THE ARCHITECT: (Name, iega[ status and address,) TABLE OF ARTICLES GENERAL PROVISIONS - 2 OWNER 3 CONTRACTOR. 4 ARCHITECT 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 6 TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES W AIA Document A2DIT - 2007. Copyright O IBM, 1911, 1815, 1818, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1967, 1997 and 2007 dy in!". The American Institute of Architects. Aff rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and international 1 Treaties, Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAc Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, E-mail The American Institute of Architects' ieoal counse;, copyright @aia.orp. mIDIIACn INDEX (Topics and numbers in .bold are Section headings.) Acceptance of Nonconforming Rork 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Acceptance of Work 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3 Access to Rork 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 Accident Prevention 10 Acts and Omissions 3.2, 3:3.2, 3.12.8, 3.I8, 423, 8.3.1, -05. 1. 10.2.5, 10.2.8, 13.42, 13.7, 14.1, 15.2 Addenda 1.1.1, 3.11.1 Additional Costs, Claims for 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 6.1.1, 7.3.7.5, 10. 21. 15.1.4 Additional Inspections and Testing 9.4-2. 9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.5 Additional insured 11.1.4 Additional Time. Claims for 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 8.3.2, 15.1.5 Administration of the Contract 3.1.3, 4.2, 9.4, 9.5 Advertisement or invitation to Bid LL1 Aesthetic Eff ct 4.2.13 AIlowances 3.8, 7.3.8 All -risk Insurance 11....1 1 L3.1.1 Applications for Payment 4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.63 9.7, 9.2 0., il.1.3 Approvals 2.1.1, 22.2; 2.4, 3.13, 3.10.2,3.12-.E, 3.12.9, 3.12.10; 4.2.7, 93.2, 13.5.1 Arbitration 8.3.1, 11.3.10, 13.1.1, 15.3.2, 15.4 ARCHITECT 4 Architect. Definition of 4.1.1 Architect, Extent of Authority 2.4.1, 3.12.7, 4.1, 4.2, 52, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7:3.7, 7.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.63, 9.8, 9.10.1, 9:10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.1, 135.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4. 1`5:1:3� 15.2.1 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 2.1.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.8;x:1 =.10, 4.1.2, 4.2.2 42.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.112. 4.2. 13. 5.2.1, 7. 4, 9.4.2, 95.3, 9.6.4, 15.1.3, 15.2 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 11.3. 1.1,12.2.1,13.5.2,13.5.3,14.2.4 Architect's Administration of the Contract 3.1.3, 4.2, 3.7.4, 15.2, 9.,!P1, 9.5 Architect's Approvals 2.4.1, 3.1.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 4.2.7 Architect's Authority to Reject Wori 3.5, 42.6, 12.12, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright 1.1.7, 1.5 Architect's Decisions 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7, 42.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.2.14,6.3, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, L 13, 8.3.1, 9.2. 9.4.1. 9. 5, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, L3:5.2, 15.2, 15.3 Architect's Inspections 3':7.4, 4-12, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Architect's Instructions 3-14, 3.3.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 13 5.2 Architect's Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12 Architect's Project Representative 4.2.10 Architect's Relationshir with Contractor Ll .2.' . 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.1, 33.4., . ?.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.9.2, 3.9.3,3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16.18, 4:1.2,4.1.3,4.2,5.2 ;6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.29.3,9.4,9,5, 9.7, 978, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3.7, 12, 13.42,,13:, 15.2 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors I. I.'), 4.23, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.64°°Z-3.,% Architect's Representations 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 - Architect's Site Visits 3.7.4,4.2.2,42. 9,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.!,13.5 Asbestos 10.3.1 Attorneys' Fees .18.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.3 Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1. 6. 11.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work 5.2 Basic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirements 1.1.1, 5.2.1, 11.4.1 Binding Dispute Resolution 9. 7, 11.3.9, 11.3.10, 13.1.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6.1,.15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.4.1 Boiler and Machinery Insurance- 11.3.2 Bonds, Lien _ 73.7.4,9.102,9103 Bonds, Performance, and Payment 7.3.7.4, 9.6.71 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Building Pe -alit Capitalization 1.3 AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937 , 1951, 1958,_1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2067 by The American Institute of Architects. Ali rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAf Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document„or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possibleunber the law. Furcnasers are not permitted to reoroduce this document. To report copynght violations of AIA Contra Documents, e-mail The American institute of Architects' legal counsel, copvright@aia.org. Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5 Certificates for Payment 4.2.1, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, - 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.3 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 13.5.4 Certificates of Insurance 9.10.2, 1 L 1.3 Change Orders 1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.8.2.3, 3.11.1, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 5.2.3, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.2, 7.3.2, 7.3.6, 7.3.9, 7.3.10, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 10.3.2, 11.3.1.2, 1.1.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1.2, 15. 1.3 Change Orders, Definition of 7.2.1 CHANGES IR' THE WORK 2.2.1, 3. 11, 4.2.8, 7, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 11.3.9 Claims, Definition of 15.1.1 CLAIAT.0 AND DISPUTES 3.2.4, 6.1.1, 63, 7.3.9, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.3.3, 15, 15.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 15.4.1 Claims for Additional Cost 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 6.1.1, 7.3.9, 10.3.2, 15.1.4 Claims for Additional Time 3.2.4, 3- 7.46.1.1, 8.3.2, 10.3.2, 153.5 ` Concealed or Unknown Conditions, Claims for 3.7.4 Claims for Damages 3.2.4, 3.18, 6.1.1, 8.33, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11. 3.5,11.3.7,14.1.3,14.2.4,15.1.6 Claims Subject to Arbitration 153.1, 15.4.1 Cleaning Up 3.15, 6.3 Commencement of the World, Conditions Relating to 3.2.2, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 6.22,8.1.2,8.2.2,8.3.1, 1 1.1, 11.3.1, 11.3.6, 11.4.1, 15.1.4 Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 3.9.1.4 2.4 Completion, Conditions Relating to - 3.4.11 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 42.9, 8.2, 9.4.2-,.9.81-9.9. 1, 9.10, 12.2, 13.7, 14.1.2 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 9 Completion, Substantial 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 812.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 13.7 Compliance with Laws 1.6.1, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7,1.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 9.6.4, 10.2.2,11.1,11. 3,13.1,13.4;13.5.1,13.5.2,13.6, 14.1. 1,14.2.1.3,15.2.8,15.4:2,15.4.3 Concealed or Unlmown Conditions 3.7.4, 4.2.8, 8.3.1, 10.3 Conditions of the Contract 1.1..1. 6.1_i, 6.1.4 Consent, Written 3.4.2, 3.7.E 3.12.81 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.102,:9 :10.31 11.3.1, 13.2, 13.4.2, 15.4.4.2 Consolidation or Joinder 1:4:4 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.1.4, 6 Construction Change Directive, Definition of 7.3.1 Construction Change Directives 1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.3, 9.3.1.1 Construction Schedules, Contractor's x.10; 3.12.1, 3.122, 6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 5.4, 14.2.2.2 Continuing Contract Performance 15.1.3 Contract, Definition of 1.1.2 CONTRACT, TERM ATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE' 5.4.1.1, 11.3:9, 14 Contract Administration 3.1.31 4, 9.4, 9.5 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to, 3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2, 6.1, 11.1.3, 11.3.6. 11.4.1 Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of 152, 2.2.5, 5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of 11.1 Contract Sum 3.7.4, 3.8, 5.2.3, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 9.1, 9.4.2, 9.5.1.4, 9.6.7, 9.7, 10.3 2, 11.3.1, 14.2.4, 143.2, 15.1.4, 15.2.5 Contract Sum, Definition of 9.1 Contract Time 3.7.4,3.75,3.10.2 ,5.2.3,7.2.1.3,7.3.1;7:3.5;7.4, 8.LL 82.1, 8.3.1, 9:5.1, 9.7; 10.3.2, 1Z:1.1, 14 -3.2, 15.1.5.1, 15.2.5 Contract Time, Definition of 8.1.1 CONTRACTOR 3 Contractor, Definition of 3.1, 6.1.2 Contractor's Construction Schedules 3.10, 3. 12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 snit. AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright O 1888,1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and.lntemational Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA`' Document, or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the taw. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, email The American institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyrightCaia.org. Contractor's Employees 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1,11.3.7,14.1,14.2.1.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance 11.1 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 113.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.18 .1,3.18.2,5,9.6.2,9.6.7,9.10.2, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 1.1.2, 1.5, 3.1.3; 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 33.1, 3.42; 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.3, 4.2, 5.2, 622,7,8.3.1,92, 9.3,9.4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9,10.2.6, 10.3,11.3.7,12,1..5, 15.1-22, 15.2.i Contractor's Representations 3.2.1,3.2.2,3. 5,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.82 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 3.18, 5.3.1, 6.1.3, 6.2, 95.1, 10.2.8 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 3.2 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.7 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract=:.:: 14.1. 15.1.6 Contractor's Submittals 3.10,3.11,3.12.4,4 .2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,9.2,9.3,9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.13, 11.42 Contractor's Superintendent 39, 10.2.6 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.22,3.3,3.4,3 .12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,6.1.3,6.2.4. 7.1.3, 7.3.5; 7.3.7, 8.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.3 Contractual Liability Insurance 11.1.1.8, 11.2 Coordination and Correlation 12, 3.2.1, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.6, 6.1.3, 62.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 1.5, 2.2.5, 3.11 Copyrights 1.5, 3.17 Correction of Work 2.3,2.4 ,3.7.3,9.4.2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents.. 1.2 Cost, Definition of 7.3.7 Costs 2.4.1, 3.2.4, 3.73, 3.82, 3.15:2;.5.4.2; 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 7. 3.3.3,7.3.7,7.3.8,7.3.9;9.10:2, 103:2, 10.3.6, 11. 3, 12.12, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5, 14 Cutting and Patching 3.14, 6.2.5 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors M 3.14.2, 6.2.4; 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 11.1.1, 11.3, 12.2.4 Damage to the Work 3.14.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10:4,1, 1'_.3.1, 12.2.4 Damages, Claims for 3:2.4, 3.18, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 95.1; 9.6.7, 103.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7,14;1.3J4.2.4, 142.4, 15.1.6 Damages for Delay 6.1.1, 8,3:3, 9.5.1.6, 9.7, 10.3.2 IDafe of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8:1.2 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 8.1.3 Day, Definition of 8.1.4 Decisions of the Architect 3.7.4, 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.212,4.2.13, 15.2,6.3; 73.7, 73.S 8.1.3; 8.3.1, 9.2; 9A, 9.5.1, 9.0.4, 9.9.1; 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3 Defective or Nonconforming Wort:, Acceptance, Reiection and Correction of 2.3.1, 2.4.1; 35, 4.2.6, 6.2.5, 95.1, 9.5.2, 9.6:6, 9.S 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12:2.1 Definitions = 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.5, 3.12:1; 112.2; 3.12.3, 4.1.1, 15.1.1, 5.1. 6.1.2, 7.2.1,_7..3.1, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1 Delays and Extensions of Time 3 2, 3.7.4, 5.2.3; 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4; 8.3, 9.5.1. 9. 7, 10.3.2, 10.4.1,14.3.2,15.15,15.2.5 Disputes 6.3, 7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2 Documents and Samples at the Site 3.11 Drawings, Definition of 1.1.5 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of Effective Date of insurance 8.2.2. 11.1.2 Emergencies 10.4, 14.1.1-2,15.1.4 Employees, Contractor's 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.182, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10:21-' 1033, 11.1.1, 11.3.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials or . 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,35 ,3.8.2.3.8.3;3.12,3.13.1,3.151, 4.2.7, 52.1, 62.1, ?.3.7193.2. 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, ?42.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Execution and Progress of the Wort: L1.3, 1 2 r;- 1:22; 123, 2 25, 3.1, 3.3.1, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12, 3.14, 4.2, 6.22, 7.1.3, 7.3.5, 82, 95.1, 9.9.1,10 .2,10.3,12.2,14.2,14.3.1,15.1.3 AIA Document A201'11 —2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1956, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1975, 1975, 1967, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and international Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or.any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, j and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproauce this document Tc report copyright vioiations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. - Extensions of Time 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4.1, 14.3, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 Failure of Payment 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.6, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Faulty Work (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Final Completion and Final Payment 4.2. 1, 4.2.9, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.5, 12.3.1, 14.14, 14.4.3 Financial Arrangements, Owner's 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 11.3.1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 Governing Law 13.1 Guarantees (See Warranty) Hazardous Materials 10.2.4, 10.3 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 5.2.1 Indemnification 3.17, 3.18, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 10.3.5, 10.3.6, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7 Information and Services Required of the Owner 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.2, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2,11.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 Initial Decision 15.2 Initial Decision Maker, Definition of 1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker, Decisions 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Initial Decision Maker, Extent of Authority 142.2,14.2.4,15.1 .3,15.2.1,15.2.2,15.2.3,15.2.4, 15.2.5 Injury or Damage to Person or Property 10.2.8, 10.4.1 Inspections 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2,9.10.1,12.2.1,13.5 Instructions to Bidders 1.1.1 Instructions to the Contractor 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.8.1, 5.2.1, 7, 8.2.2, 12, 13.5.2 Instruments of Service, Definition of 1.1.7 Insurance 3.18.1, 6.1.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.8.4,9.9.1,9.102,11 Insurance, Boiler and. Machinery 11.3.2 Insurance, Contractor's Liability 11.1 Insurance, Effective Date of 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Insurance, Loss of Use 11.3.3 Insurance, Owner's Liabilitv 11.2 Insurance, Property 10.2.5, 11.3 Insurance, Stored Materials 9.3.2 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy 9.9.1 Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 7.4 Interest 13.6 Interpretation 1.2.3, 1.4, 4.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 15. 1.1 Interpretations; Written 4 2.11, 4.112, 15.1.4 Judgment on Final Award 15.4.2 Labor and Materials, Equipment 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3. 5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3; 9.10.2,10 .2.1,10.2.4,14.2.1.1,14.2.1.2. Labor Disputes 8.3.1 Laws and Regulations 1.5,3.2.3;3.6,3.7,3. 12.10,3.13.1,4.1.1,9.6.4,9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1.1, 11.3, 13.1.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6.1, 14, 152.8, 15.4 Liens 2.1.2, 9.3.3, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8 Limitations, Statutes of 12.2.5, 13.7, 15.4.1.1 Limitations of Liability 2.3.1,32.2,3.5,3 .12.10,3.17,3.18.1,4.2.6,4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.1.2, 11.2, 11.3.7, 12.2.5, 13.4.2 Limitations of Time 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 5.2,5.3.1;5.4.1,6.2 .4,7.3,7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3; 11.3.1.5, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14, 15 Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Material Suppliers 1.5, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3, 9.4.2, 9.6, 9.10.5 Materials, hazardous 10.2.4. 10.3 Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 1.5.1, 3:4.1, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13.1, 3.15.1. 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 snit. "Uuumem aeu i ^^ —zUUI. uopynght U 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Construction 3.3.1, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 9.4. 2 Mechanic's Lien 2.1.2, 15.2.8 Mediation 8.3.1,103.5,10 .3.6,15.2.1,15.2.5,15.2.6,15.3, 15.4.1 Minor Changes in the Work 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,7.1,7.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 Modifications, Definition of 1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract L1.1, 1.1.2,3.11 ,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 11.3.1 Mutual Responsibility 6.2 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.1 Notice 2.2.1,2.3.1,2.4.1, 3.2.4,3.3.1,3.7.2,3.12.9,52.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 11.1.3, 12.2.2.1, 1333, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1, 14.2, 15.2.8, 15.4.1 Notice, Written 2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.3.1, 3.9.2, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 5.2.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 12.2.2.1, 13.3, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4.1 Notice of Claims 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.4 Notice of Testing and Inspections 13.5.1. 13.5.2 Observations, Contractor's 3.2, 3.7.4 Occupancy 2.2.2, 9.6.6, 9.8, 11.3.1.5 Orders, Written 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9.2, 7, 8.22, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 OWNER 2 Owner, Definition of 2.1.1 Owner, Information and Services Required of the 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.2,3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.15, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 113, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 Owner's Authority 1.5, 2.1.1, 2.3.1, 2.4. 11 3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2, 4.1.2; 4.1.3, 4.14, 4.2.9; 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 6.1; 6.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1, 93.2, 9.5.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.3, 11.3.10, 12.2.2, 12.3.1, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, 15.2.7 Owner's Financial Capability 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 Owner's Liability Insurance 11.2 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.4, 9.10.2, 14.2.2 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 2.4, 14.2.2 Owner's Right to Clean Up 6.3 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts 61 Owner's Right to Stop the Work 2.3 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 14.3 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.2 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Other Instruments of Service 1.1.1, 1.1:6; 1.1.7, 1.5, 2.2.5, 3.2.2, 3.11.1, 3.17, 4.2.12; 5.3.1 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.6.6, 9.9, 11.3.1.5 Patching, Cutting and 3.14, 6.2.5 Patents 3.17 Payment, Applications for 4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.7, 9.8.5, 9.10. 1, 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Payment, Certificates for 4.2.5,4.2.9,93.3, 9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7,9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7,14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Payment, Failure of 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.6, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Payment, Final 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, 12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 7.3.7.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4 Payments, Progress 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3, 15.1.3 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9 Payments to Subcontractors 5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9._6.4, 9.6.7, 14.2.1.2 PCB 10.3.1 Performance Bond and.Payment Bond 7.3.7.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3; 11.4 Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws 2.2.2, 3.7, 3,13, 7.3.7.4, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.3.1 f rt AIA Document A20I Tm — 2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1 ®37, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA"' Document; or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 6 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. Product Data, Definition of 3.12.2 Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Progress and Completion 4.2.2, 8.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 Progress Payments 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3, 15.1.3 Project, Definition of 1.1.4 Project Representatives 4.2.10 Property Insurance 10.2.5, 11.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 Regulations and Laws 1.5, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14, 152.8. 15.4 Rejection of Work 3.5, 4.2.6, 12.2.1 Releases and Waivers of Liens 9.10.2 Representations 3.2.1, 3.5, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.10.1 Representatives 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.10, 5. 1. 1, 5.1.2, 13.2.1 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 3.18, 4.2.3, 5.3.1, 6.1.3, 6.2, 6.3 , 9.5. 1, 10 Retainage 9.3.1, 9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor 3.2, 3.12.7, 6.13 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect 3.10.1,3.10.2,3. 11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.13,9.2,9.8.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by Contractor 3.12 Rights and Remedies 1. 1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 5.3, 5.4, 6. 1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14, 15.4 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights 3.17 Rules and Notices for Arbitration 15.4.1 Safety of Persons and Property 10.2, 10.4 Safety Precautions and Programs 3.3.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 5.3.1, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4 Samples, Definition of 3.12.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Samples at the Site, Documents and 3.11 Schedule of Values 9.2, 9.3.1 Schedules, Construction 3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,6:1.3, 15.1.5.2 Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 6, 8.3.1, 12.1.2 Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Site, Use of 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Site Inspections 3.2.2, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 3.7.4, 4.2; 9.4.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Site Visits, Architect's 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2. 9,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 122.1, 13.5 Specifications, Definition of 1.1.6 Specifications 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5, 3.11, 3.12.10, 3.17, 4.2.14 Statute of Limitations 13.7, 15.4.1.1 Stopping the Work 2.3, 9.7, 10.3, 14.1 Stored Materials 6.2.1, 9.3.2,:10.2.1.2, 10.2.4 Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Subcontractors, Work by 1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 4.2.3, 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6.7 Subcontractual Relations 5.3, 5.4, 93.1.2, 9.6, 9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1 Submittals 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.7, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3 Submittal Schedule 3.10.2, 3.12.5, 4.2.7 Subrogation, Waivers of 6.1.1, 11.3.7 Substantial Completion 4.2.9; 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2; 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 13.7 Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.8.1 Substitution of Subcontractors 5.2.3, 5.2.4 Substitution of Architect 4.1.3 Init. ""'" " °umem wcv — zuor. L-opyngnt uc 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This Ale Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAr' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. 7 Substitutions of Materials 3.4.2, 3.5, 7.3.8 Sub - subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.2 Subsurface Conditions 3.7.4 Successors and Assigns 13.2 Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.7, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.3 Surety 5.4.1.2, 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2, 15.2.7 Surety, Consent of 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Surveys 2.2.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 14.3 Suspension of the Work 5.4.2, 14.3 Suspension or Tenmination of the Contract 5.4.1.1, 14 Taxes 3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.7.4 Termination by the Contractor 14,1, 15.1.6 Termination by the Owner for Cause 5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.6 Termination by the Owner for Convenience 14.4 Termination of the Architect 4.1.3 Termination of the Contractor 14.2.2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14 Tests and Inspections 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 10.3.2, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 TIME 8 Time, Delays and Extensions of 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7 10.3.2, 10.4.1, 14.3.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 Time Limits 2.1.2,2. 2,2.4,3.2.2,3.10,3.11,3..:12.5, 3,15.1,4.2, 5.2,5.3,5.4,6.14,7.3,7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14, 15.1.2, 15.4 Time Limits on Claims 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 13.7, 15.1.2 Title to Work 9.3.2, 9.3.3 Transmission of Data in Digital Form 1.6 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Uncovering of Work 12.1 Unforeseen Conditions, Concealed or Unknown 3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 Unit Prices 7.3.3.2, 7.3.4 Use of Documents 1.1.1, 1:5, 2.2.5, 3.12.6, 5.3 Use of Site 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Values, Schedule of 9.2, 9.3.1 Waiver of Claims by the Architect 13.4.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 9.10.5, 13.4.2, 15.1.6 Waiver of Claims by the Owner 9.9.3, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Waiver of Consequential Damages 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Waiver of Liens 9.10.2, 9.10:4 Waivers of Subrogation 6.1.1, 11.3.7 Warranty 3.5, 4.2.9, 93.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.4, 12.2.2, 13.7 Weather Delays 15.1.5.2 Work, Definition of 1.1.3 Written Consent 1.5.2, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.5. 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10 .3,11.4.1,13.2,13.4.2,15.4.4.2 Written Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12 Written Notice 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9 ,3.12.9,3.12.10,5.2.1,8.22,9.7, 9.10,10.2.2,10.3 ,11.1.3,12.2.2,12.2.4,.13.3;14, 15.4.1 Written Orders 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 7, 8.2.2, 12. 1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1, 15.12 It AIA DocumentA201TM1 —2007. Copyright 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976. 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA"' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAO Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. It is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. § 3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. § 3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Architect issues in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Article 15. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. If the Contractor perfonns those obligations, the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting fiom errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents, for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents, or for nonconfonnities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities. § 3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures § 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods; techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any loss or damage arising solely from those Owner - required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. § 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. § 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. § 3.4 Labor and Materials § 3.4.1 unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. § 3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work authorized by the Architect in accordance with Sections 3.12.8 or 7.4, the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. snit. AIA Document A201 T11 —2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAO Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AtAq' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 2 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the taw. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. § 3.5 Warranty The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under. the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or, permit. Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall fumish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. § 3.6 Taxes The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. § 3.7 Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws § 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other permits, fees, licenses, and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. § 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes; rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. § 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. § 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unlmown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified. the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Architect's determination or recommendation, that party may proceed as provided in Article 15. § 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers, archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect. Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization. required to resume the operations. The Contractor shall. continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. § 3.8 Allowances § 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, Init. AlA Document A201Tm —2007. Copyright © 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA`r Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International 13 Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA6 Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. § 3.8.2 unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; and .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Section 3.8.2.2. § 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness § 3.9 Superintendent § 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. § 3.9.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent. The Architect may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating (I) whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or (2) that the Architect requires additional time to review. Failure of the Architect to reply within the 14 day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner's consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. § 3.10 Contractor's Construction Schedules § 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work, The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Woric. § 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare a submittal schedule, promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, and shall submit the schedule(s) for the Architect's approval. The Architect's approval shall not unreasonably be delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule, and (2) allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals. § 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. § 3.11 Documents and Samples at the Site The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications;.n good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and one copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples. and similar required submittals. These shalt be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. Init. AIA Document A201Tm -2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAe Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAr Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 14 ! and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples § 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. § 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. § 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment or w_ orkmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. § 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. Their purpose is to demonstrate the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. § 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. § 3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has (1) reviewed and approved them, (2) determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto: or will do so and (3) checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and:of the Contract Documents. § 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. § 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. § 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice, the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. § 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled init. AIA Document A201Tu —2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA& Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and international Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 15 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the lava. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10, the Architect will review, approve or talce other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance and design criteria specified in the Contract Documents. § 3.13 Use of Site The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas peimitted by applicable laws. statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. § 3.14 Cutting and Patching § 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. All areas requiring cutting, fitting and patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting, fitting and patching, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. § 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fuIIy or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. § 3.15 Cleaning Up § 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials from and about the Project. § 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. § 3.16 Access to Work The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. § 3.17 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. § 3.18 Indemnification § 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted.by law the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to o- destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce AIA Document A201 T , — 2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA6 Document is protected by U.S. Copyright pyright Law and International ,� � Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA6 Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. § 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 3. 18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT § 4.1 General § 4.1.1 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. § 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. § 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is tenninated, the Owner shall employ a successor architect as to whom. the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect. § 4.2 Administration of the Contract § 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the7 Contract as described in the Contract Documents and -Will be an Owner's representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, or as otherwise agreed with the Owner, to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will not have control over, charge of, or responsibility for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Section 3.3.1. § 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and report to the Owner (1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and (2) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. § 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications. for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. § 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Init AIA Document A201 TN —2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International 7 Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AiAO Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. Work in accordance with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve, or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is. not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. § 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Architect will investigate and make determinations and reconmmendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4. § 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion; issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8; receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10; and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. § 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters conceming performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. § 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. § 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents. The Architect's response to such requests will be.made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If appropriate, -the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS § 5.1 Definitions § 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. it AIA Document A201 w — 2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 18 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 5.1.2 A Sub - subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub- subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub - subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub - subcontractor. § 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work § 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Architect may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating (1) whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or (2) that the Architect requires additional time for review. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply within the 14 -day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. § 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but reiected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work; the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. § 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. § 5.3 Subcontractual Relations By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor; to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub - subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound; and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub - subcontractors. § 5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts § 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner, provided that .1 assigmnent is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for. cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement, the Owner assumes the Contractor's rights and obligations under the subcontract. Init. AIA Document A201 TM —2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAO Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International ,� g Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the taw. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. § 5.4.3 Upon such assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4, the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity. If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity, the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor's obligations under the subcontract. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS § 6.1 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts § 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner,. the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Article 15. § 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner - Contractor Agreement. § 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate. with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. § 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights that apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12. § 6.2 Mutual Responsibility § 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. § 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. § 6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a separate contractor because of the Contractor's delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a separate contractor's delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction. § 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5. § 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. -tit AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright ©1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 20 f and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 6.3 Owner's Right to Clean Up If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area flee from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner, may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK § 7,1 General § 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. § 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. § 7.2 Change Orders § 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 The change in the Work; .2 The amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and .3 The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. § 7.3 Construction Change Directives § 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. § 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terns of a Change Order. § 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 As provided in Section 7.3.7. § 7.3.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. § 7.3.5 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any; provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. § 7.3.6 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. Init. AIA Document A201 TM — 2007. Copyright © 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAT' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International 21 Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA6 Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 7.3.7 If the Contractor does not respond.promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the method and the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an amount for overhead and profit as set forth in the Agreement, or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement, a reasonable amount. In such case, and also under Section 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise Provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.7 shall be limited to the following: .1 Costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation insurance; .2 Costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work-, and .5 Additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. § 7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. § 7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines, in the Architect's professional judgment, to be reasonably justified. The Architect's interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either parry to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. § 7.3. 10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. § 7.4 Minor Changes in the Work The Architect has authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes will be effected by written order signed by the Architect and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. ARTICLE 8 TIME § 8.1 Definitions § 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. § 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. § 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. § 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. § 8.2 Progress and Completion § 8.2.1 Tune limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. § 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be AIA Document A201 TTM — 2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2D07 by Ott' The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA6 Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAa Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 22 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. famished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. § 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. § 8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time § 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner; or by changes ordered in the Work; or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control; or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration; or by other causes that the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. § 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 1 § 8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either parry under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION § 9.1 Contract Sum The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents in accordance with Chapter 218.735(a) F.S. § 9.2 Schedule of Values Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect, before the first Application for Payment, a schedule of values allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work and prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. § 9.3 Applications for Payment § 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values, if required under Section 9.2, for completed portions of the Work. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. § 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders. § 9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. § 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. § 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Init. AIA Document A201 TM —2007. Copyright @) 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAc Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International 23 Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities malting a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. § 9.4 Certificates for Payment § 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Section 9.5.1. § 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner. based on the Architect's evaluation of the Worlt and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on- site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. § 9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification § 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot.agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2, because of .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or a separate contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. § 9.5.3 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3, the Owner may, at.its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or material or equipment suppliers to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly perfonned or material or equipment suitably delivered. If the Owner makes payments by joint check, the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Architect will reflect such payment on the next Certificate for Payment. § 9.6 Progress Payments § 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. snit. AIA Document A201T —2007. Copyright ©1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1956, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA6 Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 24 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the taw. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub - subcontractors in a similar manner. § 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. § 9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days, the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors to ascertain whether they have been properly paid. Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor, except as may otherwise be required by law. § 9.6.5 Contractor payments to material and equipment suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. § 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. § 9.7 Failure of Payment If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding dispute resolution, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut- down, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. § 9.8 Substantial Completion § 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. § 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or: a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. Init, AIA Document A201 TO —2007. Copyright © 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International 25 Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion or it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the Iist accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. § 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9.9 Partial Occupancy or Use § 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Section 11.3.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. § 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. § 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9.10 Final Completion and Final Payment § 9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor's written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on -site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. § 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4). consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens; claims, security interests or encumbrances. arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such fonn as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by-the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. AIA Document A201T" — 2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by Init' The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and international Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 26 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 910.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. § 9.10.4 The malting of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. § 9,10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. § 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property § 10.2.1 The Contractor shall talce reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection -to prevent damage, injury or loss to .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub - subcontractors, and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. § 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders ofpublic authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. § 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. § 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel § 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Document's) to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor,: a Subcontractor, a Sub - subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3; except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. Init AIA DocumentA201Tv —2007. Copyright@ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Q" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International 27 Treaties, Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. § 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition. § 10.2.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other parry, or of others for whose acts such parry is legally responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other parry within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. § 10.3 Hazardous Materials § 10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. § 10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor's written notice, the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to cause it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance br who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. By Change Order, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut -down, delay and start-up. § 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), except to the extent that such damage, loss or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity. § 10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for materials or substances required by the Contract Documents, except to the extent of the Contractor's fault or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances. § 10.3.5 The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs (1) for remediation of a material or substance the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles, or (2) where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1, except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner's fault or negligence. § 10.3.6 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. init. AIA uocument A201 - — 2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987: 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAr' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International 28 Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 10.4 Emergencies In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS § 11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance § 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations and completed operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts that are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; A Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; .5 Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; .7 Claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and .8 Claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. § 11.1.2 The insurance required by Section 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims -made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment, and, with respect to the Contractor's completed operations coverage, until the expiration of the period for correction of Work or for such other period for maintenance of completed operations coverage as specified in the Contract Documents. § 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required policy of insurance. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. An additional certificate evidencing continuation of liability coverage, including coverage for completed operations, shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2 and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of such coverage until the expiration of the time required by Section 11.1.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness. § 11.1.4 The Contractor shall cause the commercial liability coverage required by the Contract Documents to include (1) the Owner, the Architect and the Architect's consultants as additional insureds for claims caused in whole or in part by the Contractor's negligent acts or omissions during the Contractor's operations; and (2) the Owner as an additional insured for claims caused in whole or in part by the Contractor's negligent acts or omissions during the Contractor's completed operations. § 11.2 Owner's Liability Insurance The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. § 11.3 Property Insurance § 11.3.1 unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's Init. AIA DocumentA201T" —2007. Copyright @) 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAf Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 29 / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. risk "all - risk" or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract Modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Section 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 11.3 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Project. § 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all - risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falseworlc, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned,by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. § 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work The Contractor may then effect insurance that will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the. Contractor in writing, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. § 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. § 11.3.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site, and also portions of the Work in transit. § 11.3.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Section 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. § 11.3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law; which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. § 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. § 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. § 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. unit. " "" " "11 e1 ` f"u i ° — zuur. copyright U 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAr' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 30 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Section 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. § 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub- subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements; written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. § 11 .3.8 A loss insured under the Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.3. 10. The, Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor. and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub - subcontractors in similar manner. § 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received; which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as determined in accordance with the method of binding dispute resolution selected in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. § 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved in the manner selected by the Owner and Contractor as the method of binding dispute resolution in the Agreement. If the Owner and Contractor have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution, the Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with insurers or, in the case of a dispute over distribution of insurance proceeds, in accordance with the directions of the arbitrators. § 11.4 Performance Bond and Payment Bond § 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. § 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.1 Uncovering of Work § 12.1,1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if requested in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. Init. AIA Document A201 T" —2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA6 Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA@' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 31 j and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' leoal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, such costs and the cost of correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. § 12.2 Correction of Work § 12.2.1 Before or After Substantial Completion The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 12.2.2 After Substantial Completion § 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition: The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one -year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for'breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.4. § 12.2.2.2 The one -year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work, first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. § 12.2.2.3 The one -year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. § 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. § 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one -year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. § 12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or.not final payment has been trade. Init. AIA Document A201 TM —2007. Copyright 9) 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by Tne American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WAPNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 32 / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 13.1 Governing Law The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located except that, if the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govem Section 15.4. § 13.2 Successors and Assigns § 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Section 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either parry attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that p arty shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. § 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project, if the lender assumes the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents, The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. § 13.3 Written Notice Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual, to a member of the finn or entity, or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended; or if delivered at, or sent by registered or certified mail or by courier service providing proof of delivery to; the last business address known to the party giving notice. § 13.4 Rights and Remedies § 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or, available by law. § 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach there under, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. § 13.5 Tests and Inspections § 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of (1) tests, inspections or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded, and (2) tests, inspections or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations prohibit the Owner from delegating their cost to the Contractor. § 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Section 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Section 13:5.3, shall be at the Owner's expense. § 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Sections 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. Init. AIA DocumentA201TM —2007. Copyright@ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976. 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International 33 Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAG Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. § 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. § 13.6 Interest Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. § 13.7 Time Limits on Claims The Owner and Contractor shall commence all claims and causes of action, whether in contract, tort, breach of warranty or otherwise, against the other arising out of or related to the Contract in accordance with the requirements of the final dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement within the time period specified by applicable law, but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. The Owner and Contractor waive all claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 13.7. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT § 14.1 Termination by the Contractor § 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor. for any of the following reasons: .1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped; .2 An act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency that requires all Work to be stopped; .3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; or .4 The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2.1. § 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365 -day period, whichever is less. § 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14. 1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed, including reasonable overhead and profit, costs incurred by reason of such termination, and damages. § 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons perfonning portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3. § 14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause § 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor 1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors: .3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of a public authority; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. Init. AIA Document A201 T" —2007. Copyright © 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1900 "3, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAe Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International 34 Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penatties, j and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Initial Decision Maker that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, tenninate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon written request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. § 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished, § 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. § 14.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience § 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. § 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Section 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent A that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. § 14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience § 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. § 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. § 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination, along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS'AND DISPUTES § 15.1 Claims § 15.1.1 Definition A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payinent of money, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party malting the Claim. § 15.1.2 Notice of Claims Claims by either the Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Init. AIA Document A201T^' — 2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958 ' 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1967, 1997 and 2007 by The American institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA6 Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 35 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. § 15.1.3 Continuing Contract Performance Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decisions of the Initial Decision Maker. § 15.1.4 Claims for Additional Cost If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4. § 15.1.5 Claims for Additional Time § 15.1.5.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay, only one Claim is necessary. § 15.1.5.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. § 15.1.6 Claims for Consequential Damages The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of Personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.6 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated damages, when applicable; in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 15.2 Initial Decision § 15.2.1 Claims, excluding those arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4, 11.3.9, and 11.3.10, shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision. The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker, unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement. Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1, an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 30 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker with no decision having been rendered. Unless the Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree, the Initial Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. § 15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that, in the Initial Decision Maker's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. § 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims, the Initial Decision Maker may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a decision. The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. init. AIA Document A201TM' —2007. Copyright © 1888, 1911, 1915, 1916, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1953, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and ?007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and internal • -2al 36 Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAO Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such request, and shall either (1) provide a response on the requested supporting data, (2) advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be famished or (3) advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. § 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim. This initial decision shall (1) be in writing; (2) state the reasons therefor; and (3) notify the parties and the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The initial decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and, if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation, to binding dispute resolution. § 15.2.6 Either party may file for mediation of an initial decision at any time, subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1. § 15.2.6.1 Either parry may, within 30 days from the date of an initial decision, demand in writing that the other party file for mediation within 60 days of the initial decision. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for mediation within the time required, then both parties waive their rights to mediate or pursue binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. § 15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default. the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. § 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. § 15.3 Mediation § 15.3.1 Claims, disputes, or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract except those waived as provided for in Sections 9.10.4, 9.10.5, and 15.1.6 shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution. § 15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement. A request for mediation shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2, the parties may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s) and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings. § 15.3.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4 Arbitration § 15.4.1 If the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution in the Agreement, any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation shall be subject to arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the date of the Agreement. A demand for arbitration shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the arbitration. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. Init 1A11A uocument Azui m — zo07. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARI4ING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 37 / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e -mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. § 15.4.1.1 A demand for arbitration shall be made no earlier than concurrently with the filing of a request for mediation, but in no event shall it be made after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. For statute of limitations purposes, receipt of a written demand for arbitration by the person or entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim. § 15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.4 Consolidation or Joinder § 15.4.4.1 Either party, at its sole discretion, may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that (1) the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration permits consolidation, (2) the arbitrations to be consolidated substantially involve common questions of law or fact, and (3) the arbitrations employ materially similar procedural rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s). § 15.4.4.2 Either party, at its sole discretion, may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a common question of law or fact whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration, provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter in question not described in the written consent. § 15.4.4.3 The Owner and Contractor grant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under this Section 15.4, whether by joinder or consolidation, the same rights of joinder and consolidation as the Owner and Contractor under this Agreement. init. HiA uocument Azut k —2007. Copyright @ 1888, 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAr Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 3$ / and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. Purchasers are not permitted to reproduce this document. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, copyright @aia.org. RD Instruction_ 1942 -A Guide 2? Attachment 4 Page 1 ATTACHMENT TO AIR DOCUMENT A201 -2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction The provisions of this attachment shall delete, modify and supplement the provisions contained in the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AIR Document A201 -2007 Edition. The provisions contained in this attachment will supersede any conflicting provisions of the AIR Document. The term "Agency," as used in this Attachment, shall mean the United States of America, acting through the United States Department of Agriculture. ARTICLE 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS Add the following subparagraph: 1.2.4 Concurrence of the Contract by the Agency is required before it is effective. ARTICLE 2, OWNER Delete subparagraph 2.2.5 and substitute the following: 2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, copies of the Drawings and Projects Manuals necessary for execution_ of the Work. Additional copies will be available from the Architect at the cost of reproduction and handling. ARTICLE 4, ARCHITECT Add the following to subparagraph 4.1.1: The term "Architect" means the Architect, or the Engineer when the nature of the work is within the authority granted engineers by the State licensure law, or an authorized representative of the Architect or Engineer. ARTICLE S, SUBCONTRACTORS Add the following cc subparagraph 5.2.2: The Contractor shall not contract with any party who is suspended or debarred by any Federal government agency from participating in Federally assisted construction projects (00- 00 -00) FN 000 RD instruction 1942 -A Guide 27 Attachment 4 Page 2 or to whom the Owner or the Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. - ARTICLE 7, CHANGES IN THE WORK Delete the words Construction Change Directive" from subparagraph 7.1.1. Insert the words Agency " after the word "Owner," and delete the words a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor" in subparagraph 7.1.2. Delete the words "Construction Change Directive" from subparagraph 7.1.3. Delete subparagraph 7.2.1 and substitute the following: A Change Order is a written order to the Contractor utilizing Form RD 1924 -7, "Contract Change Order," or AIA G -701 signed by the Owner, Architect, Contractor, and the Agency representative. It is issued after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Change Order. The Contractor's signing of a Change Order indicates complete agreement therein. Add. subparagraph 7.2.2: 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include any of the following: Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluating. 2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon. Add the following sentence to paragraph 7.3: "A Construction Change Directive may be used only for a change in response to an emergency as described in paragraph 10.4. RD Instruction_ 1942 -A Guide 27 Attachment 4 Page 3 ARTICLE 8, TIME Add the following subparagraphs: 8.2.4 The Notice to Proceed shall be issued within twenty (20; calendar days of the execution of the Agreement by the Owner. Should there be reasons why the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued within such period, the time may be extended by mutual agreement of the Owner and Contractor, with the concurrence of the Agency. If the Notice to Proceed has not been issued within the twenty (20) calendar day period or within the period mutually agreed, the Contrac tor may terminate the Agreement without further liability on the part of either party. 8.3 .4 As outlined in Article 3 of the Agreement, the Contractor agrees to pay liquidated damages to the Owner for each Calendar Qav the Contractor shall be in default. ARTICLE 9, PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION Delete clause 9.3.11.1 and substitute the following: 9.3-1.1 Work performed and materials supplied under a Change Order may be included for payment only after the Change Order has been approved by all appropriate parties, including the Agencv. Add the words ", using AIA Document 702, 'Application and Certificate for Payment' or Form RD 1924 -18, 'Partial Payment Estimate'," after "Certificate for Payment" -Jr, subparagraph 9.4.1. Add the following subparagraph: 9.6.8 No progress payments will be made that deplete the retainaae, nor place in escrow any funds that are required for retainage, nor invest the retainage for the benefit of the Contractor. Retalnaae will not be adjusted until after construction is substantially complete. Replace the word "seven" with the words "fifteen 115)" in the ` sentence , third line of subparagraph 9.7. (00- 00 -00) PN 000 RD instruction 1942 -P_ Guide 27 Attachment 4 Page 4 Delete subparagraph 9.8.5, after the first sentence, and substitute the followina: 9.8.5 When the Work has been substantially completed, except for Work which cannot be completed because of weather conditions, lack of materials or other reasons, which, in the judgment of the Owner, are valid reasons for non - completion, the Owner may make additional payments, retaining at all times an amount sufficient to cover the estimated cost of the Work sti11 to be completed. Provide a copy of the Certificate to the Agency. Delete subparagraphs 9.9.1 through 9.9.3 and substitute the following: 9.9.1 The Contractor agrees to the use and occupancy of a portion or unit of the Project before formal acceptance by the Owner under the following conditions: 1 A "Certificate of Substantia, Completion" shall be prepared and executed as provided in subparagraph 9.8.4, except that when, in. the opinion of the Architect, the Contractor is chargeable with unwarranted delay in compietIng the Work or other Contract requirements, the signature of the Contractor will not be reauired. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be accompanied by a written endorsement of the Contractor's insurance carrier and surety permitting occupancy by the Owner during the remaining period of the Project Work. Occupancy and use by the Owner shall not commence until authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. .2 Occupancy by the Owner shall not be construed by the Contractor as being an acceptance of that part of the Project to be occupied. .3 The Contractor shall not be held responsible for any damage to the occupied part of the Project resulting from the Owner's occupancy. .4 Occupancy by the Owner shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of existing claims in behalf of the Owner or Contractor against each other. .5 If the Project consists of more than one building, and one of the buildings is to be RD Instruction 1942 -A Guide 27 Attachment 4 Page 5 occupied, the Owner, prior to occupancy- of that building, shall secure permanent property insurance on the building to be occupied and necessary permits which may be required for use and occupancy. 9.9.2 With the exception of clause 9.9.1.5, use and occupancy by the Owner prior to Project acceptance does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to maintain all insurance and bonds required of the Contractor under the Contract Documents until the Project is completed and accepted by the Owner. Delete the second and third sentences of subparagraph 9.10.2. ARTICLE 11, INSURANCE AND BONDS Replace the words "the Contract Documents" with the words "subparagraph 11.1.5" in the first sentence of subparagraph 11.1.2. Add the following subparagraph: 11.1.5. Insurance shall be: 1 Written with a limit of liability of not less than $500,000 for all damages arising out of bodily injury, including death, at any time resulting therefrom, sustained by any one person in any one accident; and a limit of liability of not less than $500,000 aggregate for any such damages sustained by two or more persons in any one accident. Insurance shall be written with a limit of liability of not less than $200,000 for alL property damage sustained by any one person in any one accident; and a limit of liability of not less than $200,000 aggregate for any such damage sustained by two or more persons in any one accident., or .2 Written with a combined bodily injury and damage liability of not less than $700,000 per occurrence; and with an aggregate of not less than $700,000 per occurrence. Modify the first sentence of subparagraph 11.3.1 as follows: 11.3.1 Delete "Unless otherwise provided, the Owner" and substitute "The Contractor ". (00- 00 -00) PN 000 RD Instruction 1942 -A Guide 27 Attachment 4 Page 6 Add the following sentences to the end of subparagraph 11.3.1 The policy shall name as the insured the Contractor and the Owner. If the Owner is damaged by the failure of the Contractor to purchase and maintain such insurance without so notifying the Owner in writing, then the Contractor shall bear all reasonable costs attributable thereto. Insert the word "Owner" after the words "protect the interests of the" in the second sentence of subparagraph_ 11.3.1.2. Ada the following sentence to the end of subparagraph 11.3.6: The provisions of this subparagraph shall apply to the Contractor f Ine Contractor purchases and maintains said insurance coverage. Delete subparagraph 11.3.7 in its entirety. Delete subparagraph 11.4.1 and substitute the fo�iowinG: 11.4.1 The Contractor shall furnish the Owner bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award. The surety company executing the bonds must hold a certificate of authority as an acceptable surety on Federal bonds as listed in Treasury Circular 570, and be authorized to transact business in the State where the Project is located. The bonds (using the forms included in the Bidding Documents) shall each be equal to the amount of the Contract Sum. The cost of these bonds shall be included in the Contract Sum Add the following subparagraphs: 11.4.1._ The Contractor shall require the attorney -in -fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current power of attorney. 11.4.1.2 If at any time a surety or, any such bond is declared bankrupt or loses its right to do business in the State in which the work is to be performed or is removed from the list of surety companies accepted on Federal Bonds, the Contractor shall within. ten (10) calendar days after notice from the Owner to ac so, substitute an acceptable bond in such form and sum and signed by such other surety or sureties as ma_v be satisfactory to the Owner. The premiums of such bond shall be paid by anv Contractor. No further payment shall be deemed due nor shah be made until the new surety or sureties shall have furnished an acceptable bond to the Owner. RD Instruction 1942 -A Guide 2 Attachment 4 Page ARTICLE 13, MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Add the following paragraphs: 13.8 LANDS AND RIGHTS -OF WAY 13.8.1 Prior to the start of construction, the Owner shall obtain all lands and rights -of -way necessary for the execution and completion of work to be performed under this contract. 13.9 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS Non - discrimination in Employment by Federally Assisted Construction Contractors, by Executive Order 11246. 13.9.1 This section summarizes Executive Order 11246, which prohibits employment discrimination_ and requires employers holding non - exempt Federal contracts and subcontracts and federally - assisted construction contracts and subcontracts in excess of $10,000 to take affirmative action to ensure equal employment opportunity without regard to race, color, religion., sex, or national origin. The Executive Order requires, as a condition for the approval of any federally assisted construction contract, that the applicant incorporate nondiscrimination and affirmative action clauses into its non- exempt federally assisted construction. contracts. 13.9.2 Executive Order 11246, is administered and enforced by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), an agency in the U.S. Department of Labor's Employment Standards Administration.. OFCCP has issued regulations at 41 CFR chapter 60 implementing the Executive Order. The regulations at 41 CFR. part 60 -4 establish the procedures which the Agency, as an administering agency, must follow when making grants, contracts, loans, insurance or guarantees involving federally assisted construction which is not exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 11246. The regulations which apply to Federal or federally assisted construction contractors also are published at 41 CFR part 60 -4. 13.9.3 OFCCP has established numerical goals for minority and female utilization in construction work. The goals are expressed in percentage terms for the contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade. OFCCP has set goals for minority utilization based on the percentage of minorities in the civilian labor force in the relevant area. There is (00- 00 -00) PN 000 RD Instruction 1942 -A Guide 27 Attachment 4 Page 8 a single nationwide aoal of 6.9 percent for utilization of women. The goals apply to all construction work in the covered geographic area, whether or not it is federal, federally assisted or non - federal. A notice advises bidders of the applicable goals for the area where the project is to be 'Located. 13.9.4 Application. This sec L on applies to all of a construction contractor's or subcontractor's employees who are engaged in on -site construction including those construction employees who work on a non - Federal or non - Federally assisted construction site. 13.9.4.1 Aaencv officials will notify the appropriate Regional Director of OFCCP that an Agency financed construction contract has been awarded, and that the equal opportunity clauses are included in the contract documents. 13.9.4.2 The Regiona_ Director, OFCCP -DOL, wil-_ enforce the non- discrimination requirements of Executive Order 11246. 13. 9.5 The prospective contractor or Subcontractor must comply with the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, by completing and retaining Form 1-9, "Employment Eligibility Verification," for employees hired. This form is available from the Immigration and Naturalization Service, and Department of justice. 13.9.6 The prospective contractor or subcontractor must submit Fcrm RD 400 -6, "Compliance Statement," to the applicant and an Agency official as part of the bid package, prior to any contract bid negotiations and comply with the Executive Order 11246 as stated in the contract documents. 13.10 STATUTES 13.10."1 The Contractor and each Subcontractor shal: comply with the following statutes (and with reaulations issued pursuant thereto, which are incorporated herein by reference) : 13.10.1.1 Copeland Anti - Kickback Act (18 U.S.C. 874) as supplemented in Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR part 3) . This Act provides that each Contractor shall be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person in connection with construction to give up any part of the compensation to which the person is otherwise entitled. RD Instruction. 1942 -A Guide 27 Attachment 4 Page 9 13.10.1.2 Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7414), section 114, and Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1813), section. 308. under Executive Order 11738 and Environmental protection Agency (EPA) regulations 40 C.F.R. part 15, all Contracts in excess of $100,000 are required to comply with these Acts. The Acts require the Contractor tc: .1 Notify the Owner of the receipt of any communication from EPA indicating that a facility to be utilized in the performance of the Contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA list of Violating, Facilities. .2 Certify that any facility no be utilized in the performance of any nonexempt Contractor or Subcontractor is not listed on the EPA 'list of Violating Facilities as of the date of the Contract Award. Include or cause no be included the above criteria and requirements of paragraphs .1 and .2 in every nonexempt subcontract, and that the Contractor will take such action as the Government may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions. 13.10.1.3 Restrictions on Lobbying (Public Law 101 -121, section 319) as supplemented in Department of Agriculture regulations (7 CFR part 3018). This statute applies to the recipients of contracts or subcontracts that exceed S10C,000 at any tier under a Federal loan that exceeds $150,000 or a Federal grant that exceeds $100,000. if applicable, the Contractor must complete a certification form on lobbying activities related to the specific Federal loan or grant that is a funding source for this contract. The certification and disclosure forms shall be provided by the Owner. 13.11 RECORDS 13.11.1 If the Contract is based on a negotiated Bid, the Owner, the Agency, the Comptroller General of the United Stares, or any of their duly authorized representatives, shall have access to any books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor which are pertinent to specific Federal loan program for the purpose of making audit, examination., excerpts, and transcriptions. The Contractor shall maintain records for at least three years after the Owner makes final payment and all other pending matters are closed. (00- 00 -00) PN 000 RP Instruction. 1942 -A Guide 27 Attachment 4 Page 10 13.12 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 13.12.1 Mitigation Measures - The contractor shall comply with applicable mitigation_ measures established in the environmental assessment for the project. These may be obtained from the Agency representative. 13.12.2 The Contractor, when constructing a Project involving trenching, excavating, or other earth moving activity, shall comply with the following environmental constraints: 13.12.2.1 Endangered Species, Historic Preservation, Human Remains and Cultural Items, Hazardous Materials, and Paleontology - Any excavation or other earth moving activity by the Contractor that provides evidence of the presence of endangered or threatened species or their critical habitat, uncovers a historical or archaeological artifact, human remains or cultural items, hazardous materials, a fossil or other _paleontological materials will require the Contractor to: Temporarily stop work; .2 Provide immediate notice to the Architect and the Agency, and in the case of potentially hazardous materials, provide immediate notice to local first responders and take such measures as necessary to protect the public and workers; .3 Take reasonable measures as necessary to protect the discovered materials or protected resource; .4 Abide by such direction as provided by the Agency, or Agencies responsible for resource protection or hazardous materials management; and Resume work only upon notice from the Architect and the Aaencv. 13.12.3 Lead -Based Paint - The Contractor and Owner shall comply with applicable Agency requirements of the Lead -Based Paint Poisoning Prevention. Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4821), and the Residential Lead - Based Paint Hazard Reduction Act of 1992 (42 U.S.C. 4851) for rehabilitation work on residential property built prior to 1978. RD Instruction 1942 -A Guide 27 Attachment 4 Page 1 1:.13 DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION 13.13.1 The Contractor shah comply with the requirements of ? CFR part 3017, which pertains to the debarment or suspension o{ a person from participating in a Federal program or activity. ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Add the words "may be" after "on the parties but" in the last sentence of subparagraph 15.2.5. Replace the word "shall" witr_ the word "may" in the first sentence, first occurrence of subparagraph 15.3.2 15.4.1.2 The arbitrators will select a hearing location as close to the Owner's locale as possible. coo U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier Covered Transactions This certification is required by the regulations implementing Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension, 7 CFR Part 3017, Section 3017.510, Participants' responsibilities. The regulations were published as Part IV of the January 30, 1989, Federal Register (pages 47224733). Copies of the regulations may be obtained by contacting the Department of Agriculture agency with which this transaction originated. (BEFORE COMPLETING CERTIFICATION, READ INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE) (1) The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. (2) Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. OneSource Construction Company USDA Immokalee Tnr- Building Rn i 1 riar c Build Out & -, Organization Name PR/Award Number or Project Name George K. Chauvin, Jr., pre_g i cic�,nt- Name(s) and Title(s) of Authorized Representative(s) Z 0 11 Z. Date Form AD -1048 (1/92) Instructions for Certification 1. By signing and submitting this form, the prospective lower tier participant is providing the certification set out on the reverse side in accordance with these instructions. 2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and /or debarment. 3. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. 4. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. 5. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this form that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction originated. 6. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this form that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier Covered Transactions," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. 7* A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List. 8. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. 9. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and /or debarment. Form AD -1048 (1/92) .U. SAM 1996757.776201 07 Instruction 1940 -Q Exhibit A -1 CERTIFICATION FOR CONTRACTS, GRANTS AND LOAN The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowl dge and belief, that: 1. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will �e paid, by or on o behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or a tempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant or Federal loan, and the extension, continua ion, renewal, amendljent, or modification of anv Federal contract, gra t or loan. 2. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Co gress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of C ngress in connection with this Federal contract, grant or loan, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form - LLL, "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities," in accordance with its instructions. 3. The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all srccordingly. awards at all tiers (including contracts, subcontracts, and subgrants un r grants and loans) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Su mission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 13 -52, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of of less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. ae4� " - -711711 (name) oil (date) Executive Director (title) 000 Ficrida RUS Bu'_letin 1780 -27 Page 1 SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133(3)(a), FLORIDA STATUTES ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS. This sworn statement is submitted with Bird, Proposal or Contract No. r)jC. `� for UL'-PA I s 11 At b� prt-1= {J t%t ! t_.i� 1 �F t; Z w L4-) () us This sworn Statement is submitted by _ (name of entity submitting sworn statement) whose business address is and (if applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is� (If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement: My name is G— (✓(�11�C-L� (� ( (10 tr\� and my relationship to the entity (please print name of individual signing) named above is (} C I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(I)(a) Florida Statutes means a violation of any State or Federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision or any other State or with the United States, including, but not limited to, any bid or contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity or an "agency or political subdivision of any other State or of the United States and involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(i)(b). Florida Statutes means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an adjudication of guilt, in any Federal or State trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July L 1989, a result of a jury verdict, non jury trial, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere. I under stand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(I)(a) Florida Statutes, means: 1. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime: or 2. An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. Florida RUS Buile:in 1780 -27 Page 2 I understand that a "person" defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(e). Florida Statutes, means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United State with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with public entity. The term "person" includes those officers, director, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in management of an entity. Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. (Please indicate which statement applies) V/- Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. The entity submitting this sworn statement or one or more of the officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. AND (Please indicate which additional statement applies) There has been a preceding concerning the conviction before a hearing officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administration Hearing. The final order entered by the hearing officer did not place the person or affiliate on the convicted vendor list. (Please attach a copy of the final order) The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted vendor list There has been a subsequent proceeding before a hearing officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order entered by the hearing officer determined that it was the public interest to remove the person or affiliate from the convicted vendor list. (Please attach a copy of the final order) The person or affiliate has not been placed on the convic d vendor list. le$se describe any action taken by or pending with the Department of General Services) . , 'E ` (signature) ., STATE OF: COUNTY OF: LZ Date: PERSONALLY (APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, ���� ""'`� � �� who, after first being sworn by me, affixed his/her signature (name of individual signing)_ the space provided above on this / day of 2 Commission Expires: s N TAR PUBLIC ""µ ^'''•. JOSEPH D FLINN s _ NOtuy Public - StW 01 FIorIMa 'f *Y C"O. Expires Oat 1S. 201S Commission s EE 183338 knM ThM* I M MW NOtary A.. Form RD 1924 -7 (Rev. 2 -97) UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE RURAL DEVELOPMENT AND FARM SERVICE AGENCY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER To rvravtr1 rmvvcv OMBN0.0575 -CO42 ORDER NO. DATE STATE (Contractor) You are hereby requested to comply with the following changes from the contract plans and specifications: J USl'IFICATION: The amount of the Contract will be (Decreased) (Increased) By The Sum Of: Dollars ($ The Contract Total Including this and previous Change Orders Will Be: Dollars ($ ). The Contract Period Provided for Completion Will Be (Increased) (Decreased) (Unchanged): Days. This document will become a supplement to the contract and all provisions will apply hereto. Requested (Owner) (Date) Recommended (Owner's ArchitectlEngineer) (Date) Accepted (Contractor) (Date) Approved by Agency (Name and Title) (Date) According to the Paperwork Reduction Art of 1995, an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a perm a not required to respond to a collection of information unlea it displays a valid OAM control number. The valid OAM control number for this information collection it 0575 - 01042. The time required to complete this information collection it estimated to average l i minutes per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching erwing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information, ❑ ORIGINAL- BORROWER'S CASE FOLDER ❑ COPY-CONTRACTOR ❑ COPY - BORROWER POSTTIONh Form RD 1924 -7 (Rev. 2 -97) FORM APPROVED According to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, no persons are required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB control number. The valid OMB control number for this information collection is 0575 -0042. The time required to complete this information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection ofinformation. RD 1924 -18 (Rev. 6 -97) UMIS NU, UZI/-)-UU4Z Form RD 1924 -18 UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE CONTRACT NO. (Rev. 6 -97) RURAL DEVELOPMENT i PARTIAL PAYMENT ESTIMATE NO. FARM SERVICE AGENCY PARTIAL PAYMENT ESTIMATE PAGE OWNER: CONTRACTOR: PERIOD OF ESTIMATE FROM TO CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY ESTIMATE No. Agency Approval Amount Additions Deductions I Date 1. Original Contract .................. 2. Change Orders ................... _ 3. Revised Contract (1 + 2)........... . 4. Work Completed` ................. _ 5. Stored Materials' ................ . 6. Subtotal (4 + 5) .................. . 7. Retainage' ....................... _ 8. Previous Payments ................ 9. Amount Due (6 -7 -8) ............... TOTALS ' Detailed breakdown attached NET CHANGE CONTRACT TIME Original (days) — -- - -_- Revised _ On Schedule ❑ Yes Starting Date Remaining ❑ No Projected Completion CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION: ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION: The undersigned Contractor certifies that to the best of their The undersigned certifies that the work has been carefully knowledge, information and belief the work covered by this inspected and to the best of their knowledge and belief, the payment estimate has been completed in accordance with quantities shown in this estimate are correct and the work has the contract documents, that all amounts have been paid by been performed in accordance with the contract documents. the contractor for work for which previous payment estimates was issued and payments received from the owner, and that current payment shown herein is now due. Architect or Engineer _ Contractor - - -- By -- - -- By Date Date - -- ACCEPTED BY AGENCY: APPROVED BY OWNER: The review and acceptance of this estimate does not attest to the correctness of the quantities shown or that the work has been performed in accordance with the contract documents. Owner By — By —_ Title Date — Date According to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, no persons are required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB control number. The valid OMB control number for this information collection is 0575 -0042. The time required to complete this information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection ofinformation. RD 1924 -18 (Rev. 6 -97) o'omD n z 0 c y (D C� .-. O ID I p 0 c z Z a (D G N N C/) tO N w N N La 0 00 N 0-a o O m ,� o 0 (D N 73 Q r c. N- � ar w D m o O CL O n A c D w cx m a sy m ` ; c � O C CD O O V .C+ m 0 o m o DDD O CJ — 0 to O N m G N O N � D m o n = 3 w D O N a O = �. o- c R1 m o o' 3 a. v n � g n K n O C O (DD N =� 2 O N N o N n to N o o C D� o nam 0 ti O n FL 3 -. D cA O m Z N O C) c -N 3d_a _ CD 0 y N N m v D G ID N A ® G �o N c (D D� 3 3 ` T a C c o o _. o n C [D 0 CD O N G DX C G_• y g � c 0 CD N 3 c (9 Km x o co � T' r� o ° � CD O a b_ w C C/) (D [[ In 0 a ~ CD �t Ea ry s9 Y d d O V d n O z Cn p w D C r z m C.) z m -i O D -n y Z m cn z n m r , c . g z m D z� D G7 m• i v rn m p -hr- GA p v z o m r• v C.) m m h m o In �. m `^ m D o D cn D O m M -o D m z 0 7� w CD h s' U a P O 0 a 0 ti V 0 61 � � P�wN > C �D > >� - - aa� s �m0omw C> po o o w O T m C n n n o :° ❑ n Z' n op 0 o z r= Zjy c n rL C o sZ o v o o M M n -i r z c� R � z o o b �n r cn O p m Z C' O E + O rcl O. O D O (aD C 0 t O y C 'o Pi was � a non ci � > OV ) o m m p e ID C m' rl C a "L w b0 w m w a. a a z w 0�0 0 � �G r rD O C� O O ' GS. N 0 0 M n Cn rn r M y � � p! m m o > p p (D o z zz �d c cti w ww�CDM � a CD p 0 o a � 6° 69 V L C Cr• ss cA bz s3 (D wH > > C �D > >� O T m< O C> po o o w O T m O wad °(OD i i a sz O OwBc o T o :° ❑ n Z' n n C T o C O � � D b CD 0 G1. CD ��.Wo� rn^°0 rL C c s s o (c n CD o m � d d o O �rD � �ti: d CD N o � ��0� O. O s ° ° O �' O 0 t O y C 'o Pi CC, rl C CD w b0 w m w a. a a z w 0�0 0 � �G r rD O C� O O ' GS. N 0 0 M n _ a a 0 r S C y � � p! m m o > p p (D .O 0 �d c cti w ww�CDM � a CD n (D o O C7 O z --I D n O M C D M- C) a -t m 0 C- L m 0 --I O z z ;D 'O C- D v c� D z —I -1 0 O O ° -n z m ;o o C7 O � > v O __ O = m - m z c c o c a � O CD �9 Cl) � O CD 0 CD CD 4 • C7 O � > v O __ O = m - m z c c o c a � O CD �9 Cl) � O CD 0 CD CD 4 • a � O CD �9 Cl) � O CD 0 CD CD 4 • • 0-p rD N * D CD m N y O tr_� o co [ D a C ^^_ -=T G) @ O O O 7 3 n � S N N CD C a N � � O S� � o m . C� <D p, 0- m o •° m a� a c � o c O 0 n = rn CD o rn ,�Trn o , s 10 O 72. O N O O V S, s �- N D cb� c D= 3opa T n (p � 3 N ID C S O N � � D m m °• o n 0 0 1 CD o T O _, c c 3 0 � D � n �• N d � a N D ID = N O m � N O_-M (D S a< n N � o m m aID 0 D E3 z m<D c ID o O � , C 3 D m o D N s _= (D ` O D = p N 3 C N /D CD 0 3 m o m N (D C � C C C � Q. .. fD O O p D Q n CD Q- - 3 c m o C _ n x cc 3 o N 9 i� pm a a � Q � L -G 0 U, _ _. Q � � z O o a 0 > a Q•00 O G o ID 0' m G Qq (D,.: -.gyp h o a• o �- v w n 7 p n CD G ❑ '::7 m CD v Q o D N � � b v a CD G < P ' CD ° 3 G W o � N O O • O v m r� W 0 CD C CD 0 3 w� USDA Form RD 1924 -19 (Rev. 1 -00) BUILDER'S WARRANTY Names and Address of Purchasers or Owners FORM APPROVED OMB NO. 0575 -0042 For good and valuable consideration, the undersigned Warrantor hereby warrants to the Purchasers or Owners identified above and to the successors or transferees, all of whom are hereinafter referred to as Owners that: The building, including appurtenances located on the property identified above, is constructed or improved in substantial conformity with the drawings and specifications which have been accepted in writing by the respective USDA Agency. This warranty applies to all workmanship, materials, and the installation of equipment (including, but not limited to, the heating system, water heater, ranges and refrigerator). The Owners shall give written notice to the Warrantor promptly after the discovery of any defective condition. Such written notice must be given to the Warrantor during the period of warranty. The period of warranty shall be (a) in the case of new construction or rehabilitation, one year from the date of initial occupancy of the completed or rehabilitated building, or (b) in the case of improvements made to an existing building owned by the Owners prior to the improvements being made, one year from the date of the completion of the work. It is agreed and understood that this warranty shall apply only to those defective conditions of which the Warrantor has been given written notice during the period of warranty. Warrantor further agrees that warrantor will take any necessary actions to correct such defective conditions within days of receipt of written notice. If such action is not taken within days, the Owners may, at their option, contractwith another party for the correction of the defects. Warrantor agrees to pay any expenses incurred by the Owners to correct defects covered by this warranty. This warranty shall be in addition to, and in no way reduce, all other rights and privileges which such Owners may have under any other law or instrument, and shall be binding on the Warrantor notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the contract of purchase or any other instrument executed by the Owners. This warranty is executed, in part, for the purpose of inducing the United States Department of Agriculture, (USDA) to make, insure, or guarantee a loan on the Property. If this warranty is signed by anyone other than the Warrantor, the person signing for the Warrantor represents and certifies that the person is authorized to execute same by the Warrantor and by the person's signature the Warrantor is bound under the terms and conditions of this warranty NOTES: A The warrantor must complete all three copies except dates, meet with owner to agree on notifiation period, sign and give to the Owner with the final request for payment. Owner must meet with Warrantor to agree on warranty notification period and to date and sign the warranty, owner must retain original, and forward one copy to contractor, and one to the respective USDA Agency with the final request for pavment. B. This warranty shall be required in all cases involving new construction or rehabilitation of buildings including those built under contract, those built for sale without the respective USDA Agency's required construction inspections and those under conditional commitment procedures. WARNING Section 1001 of Title 18, united States Code provides: "Whoever, in any matter within the jurisdiction of any department or agency of the United States knowingly and willfully ... makes any false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or representa- tion, or makes or uses any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry, shall be fined not more than $250,000 or imprisoned not more than five years, or both." According to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB control number. The valid OMB control number for this information collection is 0575 -0042. The time required to complete this information collection is estimated io average 15 minutes per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. POSITION 6 RD 1924 -19 (Rev. 1 -00) in aaainon to the preceaing warranty, the tollowing items are covered by a company warranty or guarantee as follows: Item Serial &o Model Name and Address of Company No. Yrs. or Mos. of Warrantv Heating System Kitchen Range Water Heater Refrigerator i Manufactured Home Other Other NOTICE TO OWNERS: ANY NOTICE OF DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP, MATERIALS OR NONCONFORMITY MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE WARRANTOR NO LATER THAN (Warrantor shall insert date one (1) year from initial occupancy, date of conveyance of title or date of completion, whichever is applicable.) All plastic pipe used in this job will carry a 5 -year warranty from the date shown by the Warrantor above. We have furnished the above company warranties or guarantees to the Owners for their use. If this warranty covers a manufactured home, we certify that the manufactured home property substantially complies with the plans and specifications and the manufactured home sustained no hidden damage during transportation and, if manufactured in separate sections, that the sections were properly joined and sealed according to the manufacturer's specifications. The Warrantor has signed this warranty this day of (SEAL) (Warrantor's Address) Warrantor (Signature & Title) Receipt of this warranty is acknowledged this day Owner(s) Florida Instruction 1942 -A Guide 24 Page 1 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY IN FEDERALLY ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 11246 Paragraph 1942.18 (n) (4) of RD Instruction 1942 -A provides that all contracts in excess of $10,000 shall include provisions for compliance with Executive Order No. 11246. Paragraph 1901.205(b)(2)(1) of RD Instruction 1901 -E reiterates this requirement and further provides that the contracts will contain the required "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications goals and timetables as set forth in Exhibit D of RD Instruction 1901 -E and an Equal Opportunity Clause. As Exhibit D of RD Instruction 1901 -E is obsolete the attached goals and timetables shown in the attachment to this AN will be included in all construction contracts in excess of $10,000. These may be locally reproduced as needed to supply your needs. The Equal Opportunity Clause required by RD Instruction 1942 -A and 1901 -E, is included in Guide 18, Rural Development Supplemental General Conditions to RD Instruction 1942 -A and must be included in all contract documents. Two other important responsibilities we have regarding EEO in construction contracts are as follows: During the preconstruction conference the contractor will be furnished a copy of the attached list which shows the area office for the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs ( OFCCP) USDA Department of Labor. The contractor will be advised to contact the applicable area office to receive technical assistance regarding any report/monitoring requirements imposed by OFCCP. When construction contracts subject to EO 11246 have been approved by RD, the Rural Development Manager must prepare a report utilizing the format shown in Exhibit C, RD Instruction 1901 -E, for each contract and forward it to the Atlanta Regional Office The director and address for the OFCCP Regional Office are Mr. Joseph J. DuBray, Regional Director for OFCCP /ESA, U.S. Department of Labor, Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Building, 61 Forsyth Street, S.W., Room 71375, Atlanta, Georgia 30303. Telephone (404) 562 -2424. PN 1047 (Revised 11/03) Florida Instruction 1942 -A Guide 24 Page 2 GOALS AND TIMETABLES The following goals and timetables for female utilization should be included in all Federal and federally assisted construction contracts and subcontracts in excess of $10,000. AREA COVERED Goals for Woman Who Apply Statewide GOALS EEO Goals applicable for this project: Women: 6.9% Appendix B -80 Until further notice the following goals for minority utilization in each contraction craft and trade shall be included in all Federal or Federally assisted construction contracts and subcontracts in excess of $10,000 to be preformed in the respective geographical areas. The goals are applicable to each nonexempt contractor's total onsite construction work force, regardless of whether or not part of that work force is performing work on a Federal, Federally assisted, or nonfederal - related project, contract, or subcontract. Construction contractors who are participating in an approved Hometown Plan (see 41 CFR 60 -4.5) are required to comply with the goals of the Hometown Plan with regard to construction work they perform in the area covered by the Hometown Plan. With regard to all their other covered construction work, such contractors are required to comply with the applicable SMSA or EA goal contained in this Appendix B -80. PN 1047 (Revised 11/03) Florida Instruction 1942 -A Guide 24 Page 3 ECONOMIC AREAS Goal State Percent FLORIDA 041, Jacksonville, FL SMSA Counties; 2900 Gainesville, FL FL — Alachua 20.6 3600 Jacksonville, FL FL — Baker, Clay, Duval, Nassau, St. Johns 1.8 Non -SMSA Counties: FL — Bradford, Columbia, Dixie, Gilchrist, Hamilton, Lafayette, Levy, Marion, Putnam, 2.2 Suwanee, Union 042 Orlando — Melbourne, Daytona Beach, FL SMSA Counties 2020 Daytona Beach, FL 15.7 FL — Volusia 4900 Melbourne — Titusville — Coca, FL 10.7 FL — Brevard 5960 Orlando, FL FL — Orange, Osceola, Seminole 15.5 Non -SMSA Counties: FL — Flagler, Lake, Sumter 14.9 043 Miami — Fort Lauderdale — Hollywood 15.5 FL — Broward 1500 Miami 39.5 FL — Dade 8960 West Palm Beach — Boca Raton, FL 22.4 FL — Palm Beach Non -SMSA Counties FL — Glades, Hendry, Indian River, Martin, 30.4 Monroe, Okeechobee, St. Lucie PN 1047 (Revised 11/03) Florida Instruction 1942 -A Guide 24 Page 4 044 Tampa — St. Petersburg, FL SMSA Counties 1140 Bradenton, FL 15.9 FL — Manatee 2700 Fort Myers, FL 15.3 FL — Lee 3980 Lakeland — Winter Haven, FL 18.0 FL — Polk 7510 Sarasota, FL 10.5 FL — Sarasota 8280 Tampa — St. Petersburg, FL FL — Hillsborough, Pasco, Pinellas 17.9 Non -SMSA Counties FL — Charlotte, Citrus, Collier, DeSoto, 17.1 Hardee, Hernando, Highlands 045 Tallahassee, FL SMSA Counties: 8240 Tallahassee, FL 24.3 FL — Leon, Wakulla Non -SMSA Counties: FL — Calhoun, Franklin, Gadsden, Jackson, 29.5 Jefferson, Liberty, Madison, Taylor 046 Pensacola — Panama City, FL FL — Bay 14.1 6080 Pensacola, FL 18.3 FL — Escambia, Santa Rosa Non -SMSA Counties: FL — Gulf, Holmes, Okaloosa, Walton, 15.4 Washington PN 1047 (Revised 11/03) Florida Instruction 1942 -A Guide 24 Attachment 1 COUNTIES SERVED BY EACH OFFICE Jacksonville — Telephone number (904) 232 -3073 Florida Counties Georgia Counties Bay Liberty Calhoun Chatham Gulf Bryan Gadsden Bulloch Liberty Effingham Franklin Screven Wakulla Colquitt Leon Tift Jefferson Berrien Madison Mitchell Taylor Cook Hamilton, Lanier Suwannee Decatur Lafayette Grady Dixie Thomas Columbia Brooks Gilchrist Lowndes Levy Echols Baker Coffee Union Jeff Davis Duval Atkinson Nassau Clinch Putnam Bacon Clay Ware St. Johns Charlton Marion Appling Alachua Pierce Bradford Wayne Flagler Brantley Camden Long Glynn McIntosh PN 1047 (Revised 11/03) Orlando, Florida (407) 648 -6181 Volusia Seminole Lake Orange Sumter Citrus Hernando Pasco Pinelles Hillsborough Polk Osceola Brevard Indian River St. Lucie Okeechobee Highlands Glades Charlotte DeSoto Hardee Manatee Sarasota Lee PN 1047 (Revised 11/03) (continued) COUNTIES SERVED BY EACH OFFICE Miami, Florida (305) 536 -5670 Martin Palm Beach Broward Dade Monroe Collier Hendry Birmingham, Alabama (205) 731 -0820 Jackson Holmes Washington Walton Okaloosa Santa Rosa Escambia Florida Instruction 1942 -A Guide 24 Attachment 1 BLACK LETTERING TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION SIGN FOR RURAL DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS WHITE BACKGROUND r -------------------------- '---------------------------------------------------------- - �r�i,n�.� Till.. —10 Sponsor/ Developer + ------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------- - -10 Official(s) or Sponsor Address ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - -� r_____________________ _________________ __ ____ ______ __ - -� --►; Architect -- Engineer u � t ------------------------------------------------------ - iA1 (second line) I _ --------------------------------------------- ----------------- _ "".'- htCa�' —.. — 0 Contractor I C?eveltipment -------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------- (second line) - - - --I Committed to the future nf rural communities. Financed by United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Mural Developrr Barack Obama, President of the United States This institution is an equal opportunity provider. Tom vilsack, Secretary of Agriculture BLACK LETTERING SIGN DIMENSIONS: 1200 mm x 2400 mm x 19 mm (approx. 4'x 8'x3/4 PLYWOOD PANEL (APA RATED A -B GRADE - EXTERIOR) TOWNSCAPE AND LEHER FORMS (BLUE, PMS 288) ROLLING FIELDS (GREEN, FMS 343) (GREEN,. PMS.343) USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERNATIVES PROJECT DESCRIPTION The proposed project shall consist of the interior alteration of the existing USDA Manufacturing Incubator Building at the Immokalee Airport in Collier County. The proposed project shall include but not be limited to the construction of restrooms, tenant divider walls, new ceilings, insulation, new flooring, electrical, plumbing, HVAC construction and miscellaneous site utilities and construction. All work shall be substantially completed in 75 days and fully completed in 105 days. PROJECT MANUAL Proj ect: Date Issued Client: USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS h- mokalee, Florida 02 -12 -12 Issued for Bid April 2012 COLLIER COUNTY AIRPORT AUTHORITY 2003 Mainsail Drive Naples, Florida 34114 Civil Engineer; Q. GRADY MINOR & ASSOCIATES, P.A 3800 Via Del Rey Bonita Springs, FL 34134 239.947.1144 Architect: VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. 4100 Corporate Square, Suite 100 Registration AA C001831 Naples, Florida 34104 239.643.1665 telephone Project No. 12 -516 Mechanical/ S. R_ STAFFORD ENGINEERING, INC. Electrical Bonita Springs, Florida USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA ISSUED FOR BID APRIL, 2012 SECTION 00005 - TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS 00005 1 -3 TABLE OF CONTENTS BID DOCUMENTS 1 -6 INVITATION FOR BIDS INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ATTACHMENT TO INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS BID FORM BID BOND COMPLIANCE STATEMENT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS NOTICE OF AWARD FLORIDA INSTRUCTIONS 1942 -A 1 -8 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ATTACHMENT TO AIA DOCUMENT A101 -2007 CERTIFICATE OF OWNER'S ATTORNEY CONTRACT CONCURRENCE PAYMENT BOND PERFORMANCE BOND NOTICE TO PROCEED 1-38 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ATTACHMENT TO AIA DOUCMENT A 201 -2007 DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATE FOR CONTRACT GRANTS AND LOANS SWORN STATEMENT ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER PARTIAL PAYMENT ESTIMATE COVER SHEET 1 -2 APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT BUILDERS WARRANTY EQUAL EMPLOYMENT EO #11246 GOALS & TIME TABLES CONSTRUCTION SIGNS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA ISSUED FOR BID APRIL, 2012 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 08800 1 -2 SUPPLEMENTAR CONDITIONS 01000 1 -1 COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE 01015 1 -1 PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES 01030 1 -3 ALTERNATES 01040 1 -3 COORDINATION 01045 1 -4 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01200 1 -3 PROJECT MEETINGS 01300 1 -7 SUBMITTALS 01400 1 -4 QUALITY CONTROL 01420 1 -3 REFERENCES 01500 1 -5 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01600 1 -6 SUBSTITUTIONS 01700 1 -5 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01710 1 -3 FINAL CLEANING DIVISION 2 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 1 -4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 1 -6 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 4 - NOT USED DIVISION 5 - NOT USED DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 1 -5 ROUGH CARPENTRZ 06400 1 -6 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07210 1 -3 BUILDING INSULATION 07270 1 -7 FIRESTOPPING 07418 1 -6 METAL ROOF PANELS 07920 1 -7 JOINT SEALANTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING IN T ERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA ISSUED FOR BID APRIL, 2012 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 1 -6 STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 08712 1 -5 DOOR HARDWARE DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09255 1 -11 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09511 1 -5 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09650 1 -8 VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09912 1 -11 PAINTING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10425 1 -7 SIGNS 10520.1-2 FIRE - PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10801 1 -4 TOILET ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11 - NOT USED DIVISION 12 - NOT USED DIVISION 13 - NOT USED DIVISION 14 - NOT USED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 1 -5 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 1 -3 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15200 1 -2 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15815 1 -5 METAL DUCTS 15820 1 -4 DUCT ACCESSORIES 15855 1 -3 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 15990 1 -9 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16050 1 -7- BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16120 1-1 WIRES AND CABLES 16135 1 -1 ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS 16143 1 -2 WIRING DEVICES 16452 1 -1 GROUNDING 16470 1 -6 PANELBOARDS 16515 1 -6 INTERIOR LIGHTING 16615 1 -1 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16721 1 -3 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA ISSUED FOR BID APRIL, 2012 APPENDIX A — EXISTING ROOF PRODUCT DATA NOTICE: BIDDERS INCLUDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS SHALL OBTAIN AND REVIEW A COMPLETE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING PROJECT MANUAL, SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND ADDENDA PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS. END OF SECTION 00005 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMM[OKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. Building Permit fees, Site Permit fees, and Impact fees shall be paid by the Owner. 1. SDPA is not required for this work. 2. Owner has applied for a building permit. 3. Unless indicated otherwise, all shop drawings and other permit application forms and fees for other required permits and connections shall be prepared, delivered, and paid for by the Contractor, including but not limited to fire sprinkler permit and fire alarm permits and related permit fees. B. Bid Awards: The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive formalities or irregularities in the bids. C. Bids shall include all labor and material required for a complete and proper installation of the work indicated in the Documents, including but not limited to field verification of existing conditions, coordination, templates, adjustments, connections, patches, finishes, fasteners, accessories, etc. (° 1. Materials shall be approved for intended use. 2. Provide patches as required to maintain integrity of assemblies and to provide a neat workmanlike appearance of work. D. Schedule of Values: The Contractor shall provide a complete schedule of values listing the value of work for each subcontractor and for each trade by specification division not less than 5 days before anticipated date of contract execution. E. Jobsite Safety: The Contractor is solely responsible for jobsite safety. F. Delays: No interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the commencement or progress of the Work from any cause whatever, including those for which Owner or its agents may be responsible, in whole or in part, shall relieve Contractor of his duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from Owner. Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall receive no damages for delay. Contractor's sole remedy, if any, against Owner or its agents will be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time. G. Submittals: Shop Drawings shall be provided not more than 30 days after the Owners Notice to Proceed. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -I USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA H. Change Orders: The Contractor's total markup for overhead and profit shall not exceed 10% of the actual expenses for extra materials and labor provided by the Contractor. For extra items provided by subcontractors, the Contractors total markup for overhead and profit may not exceed 5% of the subcontractors invoice, and the subcontractor's total markup for overhead and profit shall not exceed 10% of actual expenses for materials and labor. All subcontracts shall include these conditions and all Change Orders are subject to audit by the Owner or the Owner's designated representative. I. Non- compliant work: All costs related to non - compliant work shall be paid by the Contractor, including but not limited to the removal of non - compliant work, bidding expenses, related design professionals fees, and other costs related to the supervision of corrective work. Approval by AHJ, or others does not constitute approval by Architect. J. Final Completion: Punchlist work shall be completed within 30 days of Substantial Completion. The Owner reserves the right to immediately commence punchlist work 31 days after substantial completion using independent contractors, the cost of which shall be charged to the Contractor. K. Warranty: The Contractor shall provide the following warranties for all work: 1. One -year warranty on all work. 2. Manufacturers standard warranties, plus additional special warranties as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. By acceptance of the sealed plans and specifications used for permits, the Contractor accepts all terms and conditions of the Documents including these Supplemental Conditions. In cases of conflicting requirements, the more stringent requirement as shall apply. END OF SECTION VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -2 FEZ 0 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 01000 - COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE Material Paint Interior Walls- Typical Interior Soffits Interior Door Frames Interior Painted Doors VCT Floor Tile Checkerboard, diagonal Checkerboard , diagonal Vinyl Wall Base Alt Bid Cer. Tile Acoustic Ceiling Manufacturer Color S W TBD SW TBD SW TBD SW TBD Azrock Cortina Grande CG508 "Cooler" Azrock Cortina Grande CG523 "Bluebells" Burke Mercer 506 "Tahoe" or 727 "Thunder" Daltile 4" x 4 ", color TBD Armstrong Cortega Tegular 704, "White" COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE 01000 -1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 01015 - PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of _ Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 -16 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. It is the intent of the construction documents that the completed work conform to all applicable codes, be constructed in accordance with any applicable permit and licensure requirements, and that fees necessary for occupancy be completely paid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used) PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Contractor shall be required to schedule and coordinate for all inspections and similar procedural items as required by the local government agencies having jurisdiction. B. All building, structural, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, etc. work items shall be installed in accordance with the adopted edition of the regulations of governing local, state, county and other applicable codes, including the utilities company unless otherwise specified in the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible and pay all required licenses, fees and inspections associated with his work. The cost for such shall be included in the Contractor's bid price. C. In the event of a conflict between permits, drawings, specifications, and codes, etc. the Contractor shall immediately issue an RFI (Request for Information) to request a determination from the AE. The contractor is responsible for all work necessary to comply with the most stringent requirement. D. It is the Contractor's responsibility to contact the applicable utility company (or companies) to determine if any fees, charges or costs will be due the utility company, as required by the utility company for temporary power, installations, hook -ups, etc. This fee, charge or cost shall be included in this contractor's bid price. E. Except for impact fees, building permit fees and utility connection fees, which are to be paid by Owner, the Contractor shall procure and pay for all licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. All costs incurred shall be deemed as being included in the contractor's bid. END OF SECTION 01015 PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES 01015-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. B. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate that Work into the Project. B. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate. C. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, notify each parry involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. D. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contract. E. Alternates shall include all labor, materials, accessories, connections, etc. required for a complete and proper assembly of work indicated. ALTERNATES 010301 C:\Documents and Settings \dschmitt\Local SettingsUemporary Internet Fi1es \0LKA1 \Sec 01030 - Altemates REV.doc PART 2 SCHEDULE OF BASE BID ALTERNATES 2.1 BASE BID A. Base bid includes the work listed below and work illustrated on documents prepared by the Architect, Landscape Architect, and Civil /S/P /M /E Engineers. Base Bid includes but is not limited to site work, interior and exterior demolition, miscellaneous exterior utility work, interior partitions, doors, hardware, finishes, insulation, patches, penetration protection, plumbing, mechanical, fire sprinkler, HVAC, fire alarm, and electrical work, connections, accessories, etc. 2.2 Alternate bids include the work listed below and are illustrated on documents prepared by Architect, Landscape Architect and Civil /S/P /M/FP, E Engineers. 1. Bid Alternate No. 1 shall include all preparation and installation of the VCT floor finish in Rooms 104B, 105A, 105B, 105C and 105D, ref. sheets Al.1 and A2.0. 2. Bid Alternate No. 2 shall include all site demolition, grading, landscape, electrical conduits, wiring, controls, 4 fixtures, lamps, permitting and construction of the North ground sign; ref. sheet E1.0 and Civil Engineers plans. 3. Bid Alternate No. 3 shall include all site demolition, grading, landscape, electrical conduits, wiring, controls, 4 fixtures, lamps, permitting and construction of the South ground sign; ref. sheet E1.0 and Civil Engineers plans. 4. Bid Alternate No. 4 shall include electrical surge suppression system including equipment, wiring, and required related work, ref. sheet E3.0 add alt. notes 1 &2 and references on sheet E3.1. 5. Bid Alternate No. 5 shall include two wall mount fresh air intake louvers L -102 and L -103, related selective demolition and framing, flashing, fans, wiring, conduits, controls, connections, etc; ref. sheets A1.0 keynote SD -1, A2.0 Louver Schedule, M1.0 Alt Note No. 1, M2.0 plan, and E3.0 Add Alt. Note 3. 6. Bid Alternate No. 6 shall include four roof exhaust fans, vents, curbs, flashing, conduits, wiring, controls, connections, etc.; ref. sheets M1.0 note 2, M2.0 plan, and E3.0 Add Alt note 4. 7. Bid Alternate No. 7 shall include fire -rated glazed interior HM windows and door sidelite; ref. elevation A/A2.0 and detail A/A3.1. HM frames shall have steel stops and UL labels. Note: Base Bid shall include rated standard HM frame for door D -105D if alternate bid frame with sidelite is not accepted. 8. Bid Alternate No. 8 shall include mop sink MS indicated on sheet Al. 1, PLO, P2.0, and P3.0. ALTERNATES 01030 -1 CA\Documents and Settings \dschmitt\L,ocal Settings \Temporary Internet Files \OLKAI \Sec 01030- Altemates REV.doc 9. Alternate Bid No. 9 includes 4" x 4" glazed ceramic tile wainscot with bullnose edges and sanitary cove base on cement backer board at the following locations; a. Mop Sink, (MS) 8 If x 7' high b. Hand Sink, (HS), 61f. x 7' -0" high C. EWC in room 104A, 8 if x 7' -0" high d. Room 104B, entire room x 4' -0" high e. Room 105A, entire room x 4' -0" high f. Room 105B, entire room x 4' -0" high g. EWC in 105C, 5 if x 4' -0" high Tile manufacturer shall be Daltile or equal, color selected from manufacturers standard color selection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ALTERNATES A. The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids and alternates. B. The Contractor is responsible for submittals, placing order, scheduling, delivery, storage, installation, protection, cleaning and warranty of all accepted Alternate Bid work. END OF SECTION ALTERNATES CADocuments and Settings \dsclunitt\Local Settings \Temporary Internet Files \OLKA1 \Sec 01030 - Alternates REV.doc 01030 -2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Conservation. 3. Coordination Drawings. 4. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 5. Cleaning and protection. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each parry involved, outlining AW special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. COORDINATION 01040-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors where coordination of their work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 3. Delivery and processing of submittals. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Project closeout activities. D. Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to assure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. E. Quantities: The Contractor is responsible for determining the quantities of materials required to properly complete the work. F. Dimensions: The Contractor is responsible for coordinating and checking all dimensions prior to start of construction. 1. Verify field. measurements before commencing with work of each related trade. 2. Identify all hanges and adjustments on as-built plans and record documents. 3. Minor adjustments of dimensions may be required for proper coordination of all trades, ie. openings for doors and louvers. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings where careful coordination is needed for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. Prepare coordination drawings where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. B. Staff Names: Not less than 15 days prior to commencement of construction operations, submit a list of the Contractor's principal staff assignments, including the superintendent and other personnel in attendance at the Proj ect Site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities. List their addresses and telephone numbers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Specified in Division 2 thru 16) COORDINATION 01040,-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS law l IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA PART 3 - EXECUTION W 3.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during handling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects. C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Protect materials from vandalism and theft. END OF SECTION 01040 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida COORDINATION . 01040-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. . Division 1 Section "Coordination" for procedures for coordinating cutting and patching with other construction activities. 2. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Division 15 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. C. Special Requirements: All trenches and excavations for foundations and buried utilities shall be hand- excavated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load - carrying capacity or load - deflection ratio. B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1. If possible retain the original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch the exposed Work listed below. If it is impossible to engage the original Installer or fabricator, engage another recognized experienced and specialized firm. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible if identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding. Before proceeding, meet at the Project Site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original Installer; comply with the original Installer's recommendations. 1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover, openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a Carborundum saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Comply with requirements of applicable Division 2 Sections where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. 5. Where services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, by -pass utility services, such as pipe or conduit, before cutting. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by- passing and cutting. [41WV "1Tf "7.WO III 01045-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Where removing walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the area has received primer and second coat. 4. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. END OF SECTION 01045 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-4 W USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IM[MOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings, including, but not limited to, the following: Preconstruction conference. 2. Progress meetings. 3. Other meetings as required for coordination of the work. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Architect will schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to the Owner and the Contractor, but no later than 3 0 days after execution of the Agreement. The conference will be held at the Project Site or agreed location and conducted to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. B. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Owner, Architect, the Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: 1. Tentative construction schedule. 2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Designation of responsible personnel. 4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. 5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 6. Distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 8. Preparation of record documents. 9. Use of the premises. 10. Parking availability. 11. Office, work, and storage areas. PROJECT MEETINGS 01200-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 12. Equipment deliveries and priorities. 13. Safety procedures. 14. First aid. 15. Security. 16. Housekeeping. 17. Working hours. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. The General Contractor shall conduct a preinstallation conference at the Project Site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. B. Attendees: The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 1. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration at each preinstallation conference, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. C. Related Change Orders. d. Purchases. e. Deliveries. f. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and quality - control samples. g. Review of mockups. h. Possible conflicts. i. Compatibility problems. j. Time schedules. k. Weather limitations. 1. Manufacturer's recommendations. m. Warranty requirements. n. Compatibility of materials. o. Acceptability of substrates. p. Temporary facilities. q. Space and access limitations. r. Governing regulations. S. Safety. t. Inspecting and testing requirements. U. Required performance results. PROJECT MEETINGS 01200-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA V. Recording requirements. W. Protection. 2. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference, and the approved schedule. Promptly distribute the record of the meeting to everyone concerned, including the Owner and the Architect. 3. Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date. 1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Architect will conduct a progress meeting at the Project Site at monthly intervals to review progress of the work with the Owner and Contractor. 1. Contractor shall provide copies of plans, addenda, shop drawings, and related material at meetings. 2. Contractor shall prepare meeting minutes for distribution to all attendees. 3. Meeting shall be scheduled to coincide with review of Contractors monthly application for payment. B. Schedule Updating: Revise the Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. C. Architect will conduct additional meeting(s) as needed on site and by telephone conference. Contractor will receive telephone number and dial -in code for telephone conferences. 1.6 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. Conduct project coordination meetings at regular intervals convenient for all parties involved. Proj ect coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as regular progress meetings and special preinstallation meetings. END OF SECTION 01200 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida PROJECT MEETINGS 01200-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS (0--\ IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS id PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and-procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submittal schedule. 3. Shop Drawings. 4. Product Data. 5. Samples. 6. Quality assurance submittals. B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Permits. 2. Applications for Payment. 3. Performance and payment bonds. 4. Insurance certificates. 5. List of subcontractors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Coordination Drawings show the relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or to function as intended. B. Field samples are full -size physical examples erected on -site to illustrate finishes, coatings, or finish materials. Field samples are used to establish the standard by which the Work will bejudged. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SUBMITTALS 01300-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until all related submittals are received. 3. Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time required to process submittals, allow sufficient time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals. B. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on the label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken. 2. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name and address of the Architect. d. Name and address of the Contractor. e. Name and address of the subcontractor. f. Name and address of the supplier. g. Name of the manufacturer. h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. C. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect using a transmittal form. The Architect will not accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor. SUBMITTALS 01300-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS rw IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements. D. Contractors Stamp: All submittals must be stamped with the Contractors shop drawing stamp indicating the submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor. Each stamp must be dated and signed by the Contractor. E. Submittals not bearing the Contractors Stamp, date and signature will be returned without review. F. Portions of submittals not in compliance with the Contract Documents, including referenced standards and codes, shall be clearly marked and identified in red ink by the Contractor. G. Proposed substitutions or changes, if any, shall be clearly marked and identified in red ink by the Contractor. 1.5 CONTRACTOR`S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar - chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule. Submit not less than 10 days prior to the date established for "Commencement of the Work." 1. Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a continuous vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of units of the Work as indicated in the "Schedule of Values." 2. Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments. As Work progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion. 3. Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency, or other reproducible media, of sufficient width to show data for the entire construction period. 4. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with other construction activities; include minor elements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each activity in proper sequence. Indicate graphically the sequences necessary for completion of related portions of the Work. SUBMITTALS 01300-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 5. Coordinate the Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittal Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other schedules. 6. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion. Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Architect's procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. B. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting, event, or activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit required shop drawings for the Work of this Contract, with information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not a Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 6. Final Submittal: Submit 6 or more copies. The Architect will retain 3 prints and return the remainder. 7. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken. 1.7 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions, SUBMITTALS 01300-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves. 1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products that are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations. b. Compliance with trade association standards. c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. d. Application of testing agency labels and seals. e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. f. Notation of coordination requirements. 2. Submittals: Submit 6 copies of each required submittal. The Architect will retain three copies and will return the other copies marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. 3. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1.8 SAMPLES A. Submit Samples as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets. The Architect will return one set marked with the action taken. 2. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS A. Submit quality - control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other quality- control submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications. SUBMITTALS 01300-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS DAMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements. 1. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies are specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Control." 1.10 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and return is required, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. 1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, action stamp. The Architect will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken, as follows: 1. Final Unrestricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Reviewed," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance. 2. Final- But - Restricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Exceptions Noted," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance. 3. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Architect marks a submittal " Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. a. Do not use, or allow others to use, submittals marked " Revise and Resubmit" at the Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. 4. Other Action: Where a submittal is for information or record purposes or special processing or other activity, the Architect will return the submittal marked "Action Not Required." C. Unsolicited Submittals: The Architect will return unsolicited submittals to the sender without action. SUBMITTALS 01300-6 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA D. Supplementary Conditions: Refer to Division 1 Supplementary Conditions for additional requirements. 1. "Approval" or "Review" of submittals does not constitute approval of substitutions or changes unless the proposed substitutions or changes are clearly identified in red ink and acknowledged in writing by both Contractor and Architect. 2. "Approval" of submittals by AHJ, Engineer, or Owner does not constitute approval of substitutions by Architect. Failure to clearly identify proposed substitutions or changes shall be considered an unauthorized change. E. Do not proceed with the work of each trade or submit payment requests for the same until processing of related submittals are complete. END OF SECTION 01300 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SUBMITTALS 01300-7 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IIVIMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality- control services. B. Quality - control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. D. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production of standard products. 1. Specific quality - control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified inspections, tests, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality - control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality - control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and other quality- control services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality - control services are the Contractor's responsibility, the Contractor shall employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform quality - control services. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. 2. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality - control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. 3. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality- control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will engage the services of a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. Payment for these services will be made from the Inspection and Testing Allowance, as authorized by Change Orders. a. Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency for testing and inspecting part of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless agreed to in writing by the Owner. B. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests, or other quality - control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's responsibility. 1. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. C. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent agency engaged to perform inspections,. sampling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and the Contractor in performance of the agency's duties. The testing agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. 1. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. D. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. 1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-2 W USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS DAMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Unless the Contractor is responsible for this service, the independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service to the Architect. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service through the Contractor. 1. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority, when the authority so directs. 2. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service include, but arc a. b. C. d. e. f. g. h. i. j• k. 1. m. not limited to, the following: Date of issue. Project title and number. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. Designation of the Work and test method. Identification of product and Specification Section. Complete inspection or test data. Test results and an interpretation of test results. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. Recommendations on retesting. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, that are prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independent Laboratories' "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. 1. . Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the Project is located. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.6 REQUIRED TESTS A. Contractor shall provide certified quality control tests as specified elsewhere in the Documents and as required herein for the following trades: 1. Fire Protection System pressure tests 2. HVAC Test and Balance report 3. Other tests as may be required by AHJ and permitting agencies END OF SECTION 01400 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida QUALITY CONTROL 01400-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS MMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "AHJ ": Authorities having jurisdiction including but not limited to the Building Official and the Fire Official. C. The terms "approved," "required," and "as directed" refer to and indicate the work ormate- AW rials that may be approved, required, or directed by the Architect acting as the agent of the Owner. "Approval" of submittals does not constitute approval of substitutions or changes unless the proposed substitutions or changes are clearly identified in red ink and acknowledged in writing by the Architect. V1 D. "Directed ": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." E. "Similar ": Similar in its general sense and not necessarily identical. F. "Final Completion ": Final acceptance of the Work made by both the Owner and Architect after final completion of all punchlist work and receipt of all closeout documents. G. "Indicated ": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," illustrated ", "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." H. "Regulations ": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. REFERENCES 01420-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA I. "Furnish ": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. J. "Install ": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. K. "Provide ": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. L. "Installer ": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub - subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. M. "NIC ": Not in contract. N. 'Experienced ": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of 10 previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. O. "Substantial Completion ": In addition to requirements of the General Conditions, the work will be deemed to be substantial complete upon receipt or completion of the following items: 1. Certificate of Occupancy from AHJ, unless delayed due to incomplete portion(s) of work for which the Contractor has no control; i.e. Owner contracts separately for inspection- dependent work. 2. Contractors comprehensive punchlist listing incomplete work 3. Final Cleaning 4. Test and Balance report 5. Owners instructions for Lighting system 6. Certificate of Substantial Completion signed by Architect, Owner, and Contractor P. "Limits of Construction ", 'Project Limits ", and "Work Area ": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. REFERENCES 01420-2 W W USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source and make them available on request. END OF SECTION 01420 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, PA Naples, Florida REFERENCES 01420-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS rk MIMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for construction facilities and temporary controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection. B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Water service and distribution. 2. Temporary electric power and light. 3. Telephone service. 4. Sanitary facilities. C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Field storage sheds. 2. Temporary enclosures. 3. Hoists and lifts. 4. Temporary project identification signs and bulletin boards. 5. Waste disposal services. 6. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Barricades. 2. Locked Storage Containers 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following: AW 1. Building code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. B. Standards: Comply with NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations," ANSI A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition," and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities." Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70 "National Electric Code." 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Relocate temporary services and facilities as the Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with progress. Take necessary fire- prevention measures. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on -site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials suitable for intended use. Materials shall be either new or undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition. B. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. General: Use new or undamaged previously used equipment in serviceable condition. Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self - contained, single- occupant toilet units. Provide units properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass- fiber - reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-2 W USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA C. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand- carried, portable, UL- rated, Class A fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. Water Service: Connect to existing water service as required for construction. Owner will pay utility services costs. B. Temporary Electric Power Service: Connect to existing electric service as required for construction. Owner will pay utility services costs. C. Temporary Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection requirements without operating the entire system. Provide temporary lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. Contractor shall immediately cease all construction activities when temporary lighting is missing or inoperative. D. Temporary Telephone: Provide temporary mobile telephone service throughout construction period. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. E. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Provide toilet tissue. Provide covered waste containers for used material. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES A. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner. B. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Contractors Sign: Contractor shall provide one job sign located near the main entrance drive. Sign shall comply with current County and USDAstandards 2. Temporary Signs: Provide temporary traffic signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors. 3. Subcontractor signs may not be posted at the site. 4. Post "Construction Site- No Trespassing" and "Warning- Hart Hat Required" signs at each entrance to the work area. C. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Dispose of material lawfully. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire- protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire - protection facilities of the types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers" and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations." B. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date in each area of the Project, complete installation of the permanent fire- protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. C. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. D. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted CONSTRUCTION. FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise - making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and damaging elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24 -hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect or Owner requests that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the Contractor's property. END OF SECTION 01500 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND, TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION. 01600 - SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Reference Standards and Definitions" specifies the applicability of industry standards to products specified. 2. Division 1 Section "Submittals" specifies requirements for submitting the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions in this Article do not change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered to be requests for substitutions. The following are not considered to be requests for substitutions: 1. Substitutions requested during the bidding period, and accepted by Addendum prior to award of the Contract, are included in the Contract Documents and are not subject to requirements specified in this Section for substitutions. 2. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect. 3. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract AW Documents. SUBSTITUTIONS 01600-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Request Submittal: The Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 15 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 15 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect. 1. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests using the enclosed CSI form and according to procedures required for change -order proposals. 2. Identify the product or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. 3. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: a. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. b. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements, such as performance, weight, size, durability, and visual effect. C. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. d. Samples, where applicable or requested. e. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time. f. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum. g. The Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution conforms to requirements in the Contract Documents in every respect and is appropriate for the applications indicated. SUBSTITUTIONS 01600-2 W USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA h. The Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. 4. Architect's Action: If necessary, the Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution. The Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the substitution within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance will be in the form of a change order. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Conditions: The Architect will receive and consider the Contractor's request for substitution when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Architect. If the following conditions are not satisfied, the Architect will return the requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. 1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required. 2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents. 3. The request is timely, fully documented, and properly submitted. 4. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The Architect will not consider the request if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. 5. The request is directly related to an "or- equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. 6. The requested substitution offers the Owner a substantial advantage, in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities the Owner must assume. The Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner, and similar considerations. 7. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. SUBSTITUTIONS 01600-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. 11. Where a proposed substitution involves more than one prime contractor, each contractor shall cooperate with the other contractors involved to coordinate the Work, provide uniformity and consistency, and assure compatibility of products. B. The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's receipt of Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples for construction activities not in compliance with the Contract Documents do not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor do they constitute approval. END OF SECTION 01600 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SUBSTITUTIONS 01600-4 Advancement of Construction Technology SUBSTITUTION REQUEST (After the Biddia� Phase) Project: Substitution Request Number: From: To: Date: A/E Project Number: Re: Contract For: Specification Title: Description: Section: Page: Article/Paragraph: Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer Address: Phone: Trade Name: Model No.: Installer: Address: Phone History: ❑ New product ❑ 2 -5 years old ❑ 5 -10 years old ❑ More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product: i] Point -by -point comparative data attached Reason for not providing specified item: Similar Installation: Project: . Address: Architect: _ Owner: Date Installed: Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work:X ❑ No ❑ Yes; explain Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: ❑ No ❑ Yes [Add] [Deduct] days. Supporting Data Attached: ❑ Drawings ❑ Product Data ❑ Samples ❑ Tests ❑ Reports ❑ ® Copyright 1996, Construction Specification Institute, Page of September 1996 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA 22314 CSI Form 13.1A W SUBSTITUTION REQUEST (Continued) The Undersigned certifies: • Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. • Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. • Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. • Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. • Payment will be made for changes to building design, including A/E design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution. • Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. Submitted by: Signed by: Firm: Address: Telephone: Attachments: A/E's REVIEW AND ACTION ❑ Substitution approved - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330. ❑ Substitution approved as noted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330. ❑ Substitution rejected - Use specified materials. ❑ Substitution Request received too late - Use specified materials. Signed by: Date: Additional Comments: ❑ Contractor ❑ Subcontractor ❑ Supplier ❑ Manufacturer ❑ A/E ❑ Copyright 1996, Construction Specification Institute, Page of September 1996 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA 22314 CSI Form 13.1A USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS rN 1MMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. b. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements, if any. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is substantially complete. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 3. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 1.5 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire- resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white - prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross - reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related change -order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable -paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS DdMOKALEE, FLORIDA 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the Owner's records. D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. 1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Architect for the Owner's records. E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall meet with the Architect and the Owner's personnel at the Project Site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with the Owner's instructions regarding delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area. F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records. G. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy -duty, 2 -inch, 3 -ring, vinyl- covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended "turn- around" cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Shop Drawings and Product Data.. 8. Fixture lamping schedule. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-4 W USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Specified in Divisions 2 thru 16) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals. 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5. Lubricants. 6. Identification systems. 7. Control sequences. 8. Hazards. 9. Cleaning. 10. Warranties and bonds. 11. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Startup. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. 5. Safety procedures. 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization. END OF SECTION 01700 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 01710 - FINAL CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for final cleaning at Substantial Completion. B. Environmental Requirements: Conduct cleaning and waste- disposal operations in compliance with local laws and ordinances. Comply fully with federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. 1. Do not dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, in AW storm or sanitary drains. 2. Burning or burying of debris, rubbish, or other waste material on the premises is not permitted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by the manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final - cleaning operations when indicated. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit of Work to the condition expected from a commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. B. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for the entire Project or a portion of the Project. FINAL CLEANING 01710-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA Clean the Project Site, yard and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and foreign substances. 2. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even - textured surface. 3. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. 4. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from the site. 5. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard - surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. 6. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. 7. Broom clean concrete floors in unoccupied spaces. 8. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. 9. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. 11. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. 12. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. FINAL CLEANING 01710-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 13. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. 14. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. 15. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned -out bulbs and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures. 16. Leave the Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed during construction to protect previously completed installations during the remainder of the construction period. D. Compliances: Comply with governing regulations and safety standards for cleaning operations. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 01710 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida FINAL CLEANING 01710-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building, including but not limited to the following: a. Concrete Floors b. Roof Vents C. Insulation d. Wall Siding 2. Patching and repairs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property. B. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.5 SCHEDULING A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's on -site operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS .��17,1I:i85 I_r0:lNr,I.,I A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials. 1. Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the conflict. D. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition. E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 3.2 PREPARATION SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS DAMOKALEE, FLORIDA A. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of building to be selectively demolished. B. Provide barricades and temporary enclosures as needed to safely protect persons in and adjacent to work areas. 3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition work above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on lower levels. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Locate selective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 5. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On -site storage or sale of removed items is prohibited. 6. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing before start of selective demolition operations. B. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power -driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power -driven impact tools. C. Break up and remove concrete slabs on grade, unless otherwise shown to remain. D. Remove existing pavement and base wherever required to properly install new work. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA E. Remove existing benches, retaining walls, and similar items located in construction areas unless scheduled for relocation or salvage. 1. Do not remove items or trees tagged "to remain" 3.4 PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selective demolition operations. B. Patching is specified in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." C. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls to remain with an approved masonry patching material, applied according to manufacturer's printed recommendations. D. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. E. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls or partitions extend one fmished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance. F. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 02070 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. MMEEMMUTNUTY., 4 A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including floor slab, placement procedures, and finishes. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Not Required 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." B. Concrete materials and work not in compliance with these specifications shall be deemed an unauthorized change. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60 (ASTM A 615M Grade 400), deformed. B. Steel: ASTM A 82, plain, cold -drawn steel. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Fly Ash: Not allowed. C. Normal- Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. E. Water: Potable. 2.3 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. B. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties as indicated on drawings and not less than noted herein: 1. Minimum Compression Strength at 28 days (F'c): 3,000 psi 2. Do not add water to mix on -site. 2.4 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. 1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder/barrier, and other related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. 3.2 VAPOR RETARDER/BARRIER INSTALLATION A. General: Place vapor retarder/barrier sheeting in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. Lap joints not less than 18 inches. Seal joints with duct tape or better, at all lap joints. 3.3 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified. Avoid cutting or puncturing vapor retarder/barrier during reinforcement placement and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Architect. D. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.4 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect. B. Provide keyways at least 1 -1/2 inches deep in construction joints in walls and slabs and between walls and footings. Bulkheads designed and accepted for this purpose may be used for slabs. C. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA E. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs -on -grade at points of contact between slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as specified. C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction j oints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. 1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. E. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until completing placement of a panel or section. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement. F. Hot - Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to below 90 deg F. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. 2. Cover reinforcing steel with water - soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas. 4. Use water - reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Architect. 3.6 SLAB FINISHES A. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces exposed to view and slab surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint, or another thin film -finish coating system. 1. After floating, begin first trowel -finish operation using a power -driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand - troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 20 (floor flatness) and F(L) 17 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor covering system. 3.7 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation - control material. Apply CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS DJMOKALEE, FLORIDA according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling. B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by curing compound, by moist curing, by moisture - retaining cover curing, or by combining these methods, as specified. D. Provide moisture curing by the following methods: Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. 2. Use continuous water -fog spray. 3. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 3.8 CONCRETE TESTING A. Concrete tests are not required for floor -slab patches. END OF SECTION 03300 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-6 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood blocking and nailers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed, unless otherwise indicated. B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority. 2. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 3. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. 3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2 -inch nominal actual thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 WOOD - PRESERVATIVE - TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber), or approved equal. Lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX), or approved equal. B. Kiln -dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece, or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 -.2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Furring. 4. Grounds. B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, Stud, or No. 2 Standard, Stud, grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species: 1. Southern pine; SPIB. C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: 1. Southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667, C. Power -Driven Fasteners: CABO NER -272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B 18.6.1. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA E. Screws for Fastening to Cold- Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. F. Lag Bolts: ASME B 18.2.1. (ASME B 18.2.3.8M. G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6; with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. Material: Carbon -steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe /Zn 5. 2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F 738M and ASTM F 836M, Grade Al or A4. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. C. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative- treated lumber and plywood. D. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1. CABO NER -272 for power -driven fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3. "Fastening Schedule," in the Florida Building Code. E. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required. F. Use finishing nails for exposed work, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads and fill holes with wood filler. 3.2 WOOD GROUND, SLEEPER, BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build anchor bolts into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, secure anchor bolts to formwork before concrete placement. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure - preservative- treated, key - beveled lumber not less than 1 -1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. END OF SECTION 06100 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida- ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 06400 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Plastic laminate -clad casework. 2. Plastic laminate -clad countertops. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large - scale details, attachment devices, and other components. C. Samples for initial selection of the following in the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing the full range of colors and patterns available for each type of material indicated. 1. Plastic laminates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. B. Quality Standard: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following standard: 1. AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK 06400-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage and deterioration. B Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage, soil, or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas whose environmental conditions meet requirements specified in "Project Conditions." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication, and show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Verify locations of concealed framing, blocking, reinforcements, and furring that support woodwork by accurate field measurements before being enclosed. Record measurements on final shop drawings. 2. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating woodwork without field measurements. Provide allowance for trimming at site and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. 1.7 COORDINATION A Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated and, where the following products are part of interior woodwork, with requirements of the referenced product standards that apply to product characteristics indicated: B High - Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated, or if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK 06400-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high- pressure decorative laminates as selected by the Architect from the following sources: a. Formica Corporation. b. Nevamar Corp. C. Ralph Wilson Plastics Co. C Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Contact cement, Aliphatic resin, or Urea - formaldehyde. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A General: Provide accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets, as required for a complete and proper installation. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Preservative treated softwood, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with ASME B 18.6.1 for applicable requirements. 1. For metal framing supports, provide screws as recommended by metal - framing manufacturer. C Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF -N- 105 for applicable requirements. D Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A Interior Woodwork Grade: Provide interior woodwork complying with the referenced quality standard and of the following grade: 1. Grade: Custom. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK 06400-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. C Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. D Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, before shipment to Project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. Trial fit assemblies at the fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on approved shop drawings before disassembling for shipment. E Shop -cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges with a water - resistant coating. 2.5 PLASTIC - LAMINATE -CLAD CASEWORK A Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 requirements for laminate -clad cabinets. B Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High - pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: 1. Horizontal Surfaces Other than Tops: GP -50, 0.050 -inch nominal thickness. 2. Vertical Surfaces: GP -50, 0.050 -inch nominal thickness. 3. Edges: GP -50, 0.050 -inch nominal thickness. C Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: Provide Architect's selections from laminate manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes in the following categories: a. Solid colors. b. Patterns. (Non- premium) INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK 06400-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA M9.11 .7 1 c �1 i 1 1 C90 3.1 PREPARATION A Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing. B Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop - fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing. 3.2 INSTALLATION A Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified in Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved. B Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for plumb and level (including tops). C Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. D Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish where transparent finish is indicated. F Anchor casework and countertops securely as indicated. Calk space between backsplash and wall with specified sealant. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 -inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean and adjust hardware. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop - applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK 06400-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 3.4 PROTECTION A Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to fabricator and Installer that ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 06400 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK 06400-6 W USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS DAMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY B. Provide insulation as specified herein and on the Drawings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of insulation product specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single - Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products complying with requirements indicated without delaying the Work. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. C. Protect plastic insulation materials as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment, protect against ignition at all times. 2. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time, and complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. BUILDING INSULATION 07210-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering insulation products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Glass -Fiber Insulation: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH. C. Owens - Corning Fiberglas Corporation. d. Schuller International, Inc. 2.2. INSULATING MATERIALS A General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. B. Unfaced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing). 1. Mineral -Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass. 2. Surface- Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame - spread and smoke - developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION BUILDING INSULATION 07210-2 ve USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS 1MMOKALEE, FLORIDA A. Close off openings in cavities receiving foamed -in -place insulation to prevent escape of insulation. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. 3.5 ROOF AND WALL INSULATION (102' A. Provide the following installation of roof and wall insulation: 1. Provide unfaced batt insulation, supplementing existing insulation for a total not less than R -19. 2. Where insulation is missing or damaged, ie partition ends, provide new R -19 unfaced batt insulation. Secure insulation between roof purlins with wire fabric fastened to bottom of purlins /walls. 3.6 PROTECTION A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 07210 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida BUILDING INSULATION 07210-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOPPING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. A. This Section includes firestopping for the following: 1. Penetrations through fire- resistance -rated wall and floor construction including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. 2. Sealant joints in fire- resistance -rated construction. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread of fire, according to requirements indicated, and the passage of smoke and other gases. B. F -Rated Through- Penetration Firestop Systems: Provide through - penetration firestop systems with F ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 814, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire - resistance rating of the constructions penetrated. C. Fire- Resistive Joint Sealants: Provide joint sealants with fire - resistance ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 119, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire - resistance rating of the construction in which the joint occurs. D. For firestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet -pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture - resistant through - penetration firestop systems. 2. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through - penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation. E. For firestopping exposed to view, provide products with flame - spread values of less than 25 and smoke - developed values of less than 450, as determined per ASTM E 84. FIRESTOPPING 07270-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of product specified, including certification by firestopping manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and are nontoxic to building occupants. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide Frestopping that complies with the following requirements and those specified under the "System Performance Requirements" article: 1. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, Warnock Hersey, or another agency performing testing and follow -up inspection services for firestop systems that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Through - penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per ASTM E 814 under conditions where positive furnace pressure differential of at least 0.01 inch of water is maintained at a distance of 0.78 inch below the fill materials surrounding the penetrating items in the test assembly. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Through - penetration firestop system products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Through - penetration firestop systems correspond to those indicated by reference to through- penetration firestop system designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory," by Warnock Hersey, or by another qualified testing and inspecting agency. 3. Fire- resistive joint sealant systems are identical to those tested for fire- response characteristics per ASTM E 119 under conditions where the positive furnace pressure differential is at least 0.01 inch of water, as measured 0.78 inch from the face exposed to furnace fire. Provide systems complying with the following requirements: a. Fire - Resistance Ratings of Joint Sealants: As indicated by reference to design designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory" or by another qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Joint sealants, including backing materials, bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspection agency. FIRESTOPPING 07270-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Information on drawings referring to specific design designations of through- penetration firestop systems is intended to establish requirements for performance based on conditions that are expected to exist during installation. Any changes in conditions and designated systems require the Architect's and AHD's prior approval. Submit documentation showing that the performance of proposed substitutions equals or exceeds that of the systems they would replace and are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed firestopping that is similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project and that has performed successfully. D. Single- Source Responsibility: Obtain through- penetration firestop systems for each kind of penetration and construction condition indicated from a single manufacturer. E. Provide firestopping products containing no detectable asbestos as determined by the method specified in 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, Section 1, "Polarized Light Microscopy." F. Coordinating Work: Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that designated through - penetration firestop systems are installed per specified requirements. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver firestopping products to Project site in original, unopened containers or packages with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifying product and manufacturer; date of manufacture; lot number; shelf life, if applicable; qualified testing and inspecting agency's classification marking applicable to Project; curing time; and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle firestopping materials to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not install firestopping when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by firestopping manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Ventilation: Ventilate firestopping per firestopping manufacturers' instructions by natural AWN means or, where this is inadequate, forced air circulation. FIRESTOPPING 07270-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Do not cover up those firestopping installations that will become concealed behind other construction until authorities having jurisdiction have examined each installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating the firestopping under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by firestopping manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Accessories: Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1. Use only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for the designated fire- resistance -rated systems. Accessories include but are not limited to the following items: 1. Permanent forming and backing materials. 2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars. 5. Steel sleeves. C. Applications: Provide firestopping systems composed of materials specified in this Section that comply with system performance and other requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS FOR THROUGH- PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS A. Materials are indicated on the drawings and/or attached product data sheets. Alternative materials and systems meeting the required performance criteria will be considered subject to approval of the Architect and AHJ. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAM 1NATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of firestopping. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. FIRESTOPPING 07270-4 c USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings and joints immediately prior to installing firestopping to comply with recommendations of firestopping manufacturer and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign materials from surfaces of opening and joint substrates and from penetrating items that could interfere with adhesion of firestopping. 2. Clean opening and joint substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended by firestopping manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent firestopping from contacting adjoining (' surfaces that will remain exposed upon completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestopping materials. Remove tape as soon as it is possible to do so without disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates. 3.3 INSTALLING THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOPS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1 and the through - penetration firestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. 1. Install through- penetration firestops at all penetrations through rated assemblies. 2. Provide UL listed products. 3. Install materials in accordance with manufacturers recommendations, duplicating UL test requirements, and as directed by local AHJ. B. Install forming/damming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce the cross - sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings of designated through- penetration firestop systems. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop systems. FIRESTOPPING 07270-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA C. Install fill materials for through - penetration firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Completely fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.4 INSTALLING FIRE - RESISTIVE JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1, with ASTM C 1193, and with the sealant manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. 1. Install fire - resistive joint sealants at expansion joints, ends, edges, head -of -wall, and similar locations at rated assemblies. 2. Provide UL listed products. 3. Install materials in accordance with manufacturers recommendations, duplicating UL test requirements, and as directed by local AHJ. B. Install j oint fillers to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability and develop fire - resistance rating required. C. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time joint fillers are installed. D. Tool nonsag sealants immediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning or curing begins. Form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated or required to produce fire - resistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. FIRESTOPPING 07270-6 W USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean off excess fill materials and sealants adjacent to openings and joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of firestopping products and of products in which opening and joints occur. B. Protect firestopping during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated firestopping immediately and install new materials to produce firestopping complying with specified requirements. 3.6 FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY SIGNS A. Each Fire Wall, Fire Barrier, Fire Partition, Smoke Barrier, Smoke Partition, or any other new wall required to have protected openings shall be permanently identified with signs or stenciling above any decorative ceiling and in concealed spaces with the wording "FIRE AND SMOKE BARRIER - PROTECTED ALL OPENINGS," or similar language. Such AW signs or stenciling shall be in 4 -inch high letters, %z -inch stroke, and not more than 15 -feet on center. END OF SECTION 07270 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, PA Naples, Florida FIRESTOPPING 07270-7 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 07410 -METAL ROOF PANELS PART 1- GENERAL Li RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes selective demolition and new metal roof panels. 1. Selective demolition includes removal of designated roof ridge vents. 2. Replacement panels shall match existing pre- engineered metal building roof panels. 3. Work shall not void any existing roof warranties. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Comply with 2007 FBC requirements using materials matching appearance of existing roof panels. B. Refer to Appendix for existing roof warranty and product data. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of metal roof panel and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of metal roof panels; details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. Distinguish between factory- and field- assembled work. 1. Accessories: Include details of the flashing and trim. C. Warranties: Match original building roof warranty (see appendix). METAL ROOF PANELS 07410-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer providing warranty for existing roof. Installer's responsibilities include fabricating and installing metal roof panel assemblies and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. 2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for metal roof panels, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of metal roofpanels from original roof manufacturer. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to metal roof panel assemblies including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Meet with Contractor, metal roof panel Installer, metal roof panel manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects metal roof panels including installers of roof accessories and roof - mounted equipment. 2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 3. Review methods and procedures related to metal roof panel installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Examine deck substrate conditions for compliance with requirements, including flatness and attachment to structural members. 5. Review flashings, special roof details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect metal roof panels. 6. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certificates, and testing and inspecting if applicable. 7. Review temporary protection requirements for metal roof panel assembly during and after installation. METAL ROOF PANELS 07410-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 8. Review roof observation and repair procedures after metal roof panel installation. 9. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions required, and furnish copy of record to each participant. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, sheets, metal roof panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal roof panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and erect metal roof panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack metal roof panels on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal roof panels to ensure dryness. Do not store metal roof panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit assembly of metal roof panels to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Field Measurements: Verify locations of roof framing and roof opening dimensions by field measurements before metal roof panel fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, either establish framing and opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal roof panels without field measurements, or allow for field- trimming of panels. Coordinate roof construction to ensure that actual building dimensions, locations of structural members, and openings correspond to established dimensions. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate metal panel roof assemblies with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, and construction of decks, walls, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. METAL ROOF PANELS 07410-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.9 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal roof panel assemblies that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures, including rupturing, cracking, or puncturing. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: Match original warranty, but not less than two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Weathertightness Warranty for Standing -Seam Metal Roof Panels: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace standing -seam metal roof panel assemblies that fail to remain weathertight, including leaks, within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Match original warranty, see appendix. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANEL MATERIALS A. Match existing roof panels, see appendix for product data. 1. Exposed Finish Color: Match existing roof color. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners: Self - tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self - locking rivets and bolts, end - welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. 1. All fasteners shall be stainless steel or minimum G90 hot -dip galvanized steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION METAL ROOF PANELS 07410-4 Vi USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, metal roof panel supports, and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Examine primary and secondary roof framing to verify that rafters, purlins, angles, channels, and other structural panel support members and anchorages have been installed within alignment tolerances required by metal roof panel manufacturer. B. Examine roughing -in for components and systems penetrating metal roof panels to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal roof panels before metal roof panel installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL . A. General: Anchor metal roof panels connectors and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Field cutting of metal roof panels by torch is not permitted. 2. Install panels perpendicular to eave. 3. Provide metal closures at ridge. 4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Install ridge caps. 6. Lap metal flashing over metal roof panels to allow moisture to run over and off the material. B. Fasteners: Steel Roof Panels: Use stainless -steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior and either s.s. or galvanized steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior. C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by applying rubberized - asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or felt underlayment, or by other permanent separation as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. METAL ROOF PANELS 07410-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA D. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of metal roof panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets, fillers, and sealants indicated or, if not indicated, types recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal roof panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines as indicated and within 1/8 -inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal roof panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal roof panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. Replace metal roof panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07410 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida METAL ROOF PANELS 07410-6 W USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. A. This Section includes sealants for the following applications: 1. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal surfaces: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints of openings where indicated. C. Perimeter j oints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and windows. d. Other joints as indicated. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water - resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint - sealant provide product data and warranty. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint - sealant installations with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates are wet. B. Joint -Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint- Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.8 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Installer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: JOINT SEALANTS 07920-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide premium products by Dow Corning or approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2.3 INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS A. Silicone Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and other requirements indicated. 1. Provide Dow 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone sealant, 10 -yr., or approved equal. 2. Color: White 2.4 JOINT - SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F. Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. C. Bond - Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint -filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self - adhesive tape where applicable. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by j oint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint- sealant- substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive.joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint - sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings JOINT SEALANTS 07920-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old j oint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Porous joint surfaces include the following: a. Concrete and cement plaster. b. Masonry. C. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. 3. Remove laitance and form- release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. a. Metal. b. Glass. C. Porcelain enamel. d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint - sealant - substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint -sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS 1MMOKALEE, FLORIDA C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond - breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and back of joints. E. Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to j oint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling ofNonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of j oint sealants and of products in which joints occur. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-6 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. END OF SECTION 07920 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida JOINT SEALANTS 07920-7 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes steel doors and frames. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and frames complying with ANSUSDI 100 'Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and as specified. B. Fire - Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies tested for fire- test - response characteristics per ASTM E 152, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and frames cardboard - wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory - finished doors and frames. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4- inch - high wood blocking. Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide minimum 1/4 -inch spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subj ect to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Steel Doors and Frames: a. Amweld Building Products, Inc. b. Ceco Door Products. C. Copco Door Co. d. Fenestra Corp. e. Pioneer Industries. f. Republic Builders Products. g. Steelcraft. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc - coated carbon steel complying with ASTM A 526, commercial quality, or ASTM A 642, drawing quality, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 525, with A 60 or G 60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. B. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.0478 - inch - thick steel sheet; 0.0516- inch - thick galvanized steel where used with galvanized steel frames. C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanize complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. 2.3 DOORS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA A. Steel Doors: Provide 1 -3/4 -inch - thick doors of materials and ANSI/SDI 100 grades and models specified below, or as indicated on Drawings or schedules: Interior Doors: Grade I, standard -duty, Model 1, full flush design, minimum 0.0359 - inch- thick cold - rolled steel sheet faces. 2.4 . FRAMES A. Provide metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings, according to ANSUSDI 100, and of types and styles as shown on Drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 0.0478 -inch- thick cold - rolled steel sheet. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners. 2. Fabricate frames for interior openings over 48 inches wide from 0.0598- inch - thick steel sheet. B. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of single - door frames and 2 silencers on heads of double -door frames. C. Plaster Guards: Provide minimum 0.0179 -inch - thick steel plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at Project site. Comply with ANSUSDI 100 requirements. Internal Construction: One of the following manufacturer's standard core materials according to SDI standards: a. Resin - impregnated paper honeycomb. b. Rigid polyurethane conforming to ASTM C 591. C. Rigid polystyrene conforming to ASTM C 578. d. Unitized steel grid. e. Vertical steel stiffeners. f. Rigid mineral fiber with internal sound deadener on inside of face sheets. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IM MOKALEE, FLORIDA 2. Clearances: Not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, except not more than 1/4 inch between non -fire -rated pairs of doors. Not more than 3/4 inch at bottom. a. Fire Doors: Provide clearances according to NFPA 80. B. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush units, from only cold - rolled steel sheet. C. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." D. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers, and moldings from either cold- or hot - rolled steel sheet. E. Galvanized Steel Doors, Panels, and Frames: At all locations, fabricate doors, panels, and frames from galvanized steel sheet according to SDI 112. Close top and bottom edges of doors flush as an integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 0.063 5 -inch- thick galvanized steel channels, with channel webs placed even with top and bottom edges. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. F. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. G. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of SDI 107 and ANSI A115 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. H. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface - applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface - applied hardware may be done at Project site. I. Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated, according to the Door and Hardware Institute's (DHI) "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." J. Glazing Stops: Minimum 0.0359- inch - thick steel. Provide nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors for glass, louvers, and other panels in doors. 2. Provide screw - applied, removable, glazing beads on inside of glass, louvers, and other panels in doors. STEEL DOORS. AND FRAMES 08110-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS DAMOKALEE, FLORIDA 2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. B. Comply with SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for steel sheet finishes. C. Apply primers and organic finishes to doors and frames after fabrication. 2.7 GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so that surfaces are free of oil or other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating of the type suited to the organic coating applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 780. 1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc- dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with DOD -P -21035 or SSPC -Paint 20. B. Factory Priming for Field- Painted Finish: Where field painting after installation is indicated, apply air -dried primer specified below immediately after cleaning and pretreatment. 1. Shop Primer: Zinc -dust, zinc -oxide primer paint complying with performance requirements of FS TT -P -641, Type II. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install steel doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data, and as specified. B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set flames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 1. Place frames before constructing enclosing walls and ceilings. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-5. USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 2. In masonry construction, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include masonry wire anchors and masonry T- shaped anchors. 3. At existing concrete or masonry construction, install at least 3 completed opening anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Set frames and secure to adjacent construction with bolts and masonry anchorage devices. 4. In metal -stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. In steel -stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with screws. Install fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. C. Door Installation: Fit hollow -metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSIISDI 100. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying primer. B. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames. END OF SECTION 08110 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-6 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 08712 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for hinged doors. Provide all hardware, accessories, fasteners, fittings, connections, adjustments, etc. required for a complete and proper installation. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. a. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Schedule Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. C. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of each door hardware set, cross - referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. DOOR HARDWARE 08712-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. 4. Submittal Sequence: Submit initial draft of final schedule along with essential Product Data to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule after Samples, Product Data, coordination with Shop Drawings of other work, delivery schedules, and similar information has been completed and accepted. C. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations. D. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Proj ect and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity and who is or employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant, available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following: 1. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), the Florida Accessibility Code, latest edition, and as follows: a. Handles, Pulls, Latches, Locks, and other Operating Devices: Shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting of the wrist. DOOR HARDWARE 08712-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA b. Door Closers: Comply with the following maximum opening -force requirements indicated: 1) Interior Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door. C. Thresholds: Not more than 1/2 inch high. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. E. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door hardware for assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. 1. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure. 1.5 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock -up for door hardware delivered to Project site. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DOOR HARDWARE DOOR HARDWARE 08712-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section, and as indicated in door schedule on the drawings. B. All hardware shall be Grade 1. C. Provide all hardware, fasteners, connectors, accessories, etc. required for a complete and proper installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance of door hardware. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI Al 15 series. 1. Surface- Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames according to SDI 107. B. Wood Doors: Comply with DHI A115 -W series. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: DFII's "Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames." DOOR HARDWARE 08712-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface - mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. C. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. l . Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. 2. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel on recommended maintenance procedures. 3. Replace door hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials, or installation of door hardware units. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08712 DOOR HARDWARE 08712-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 09255 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. A. This Section includes the following: 1. Nonload- bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies. 2. Gypsum board assemblies attached to steel framing. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single- Source Responsibility for Steel Framing: Obtain steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. B. Single - Source Responsibility for Panel Products: Obtain each type of gypsum board and other panel products from a single manufacturer. C. Single- Source Responsibility for Finishing Materials: Obtain fmishing materials from either the same manufacturer that supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from a manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer. D. Fire- Test - Response Characteristics: Where fire- resistance -rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, provide gypsum board assemblies that comply with the following requirements: Fire - Resistance Ratings: As indicated by GA File Numbers in GA -600 "Fire Resistance Design Manual' or design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listing of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Gypsum board assemblies indicated are identical to assemblies tested for fire resistance according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Deflection and Firestop Track: Top runner provided in fire- resistance -rated assemblies indicated is labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B. Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less than 40 deg F. For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board, maintain not less than 50 deg F for 48 hours before application and continuously after until dry. C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to dry joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during hot, dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subj ect to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Steel Framing and Furring: a. Clark Steel Framing, Inc. b. Dale Industries, Inc. c.. Dietrich Industries, Inc. d. Marino/Ware. e. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division. £ Unimast, Inc. 2. Gypsum Board and Related Products: a. Domtar Gypsum. b. Georgia- Pacific Corp. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA C. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division. d. United States Gypsum Co. B. Fire -rated Products: Subject to compliance with UL requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. SHEETROCK Gypsum Panels, United States Gypsum Co. 2.2 STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS A. General: Provide components complying with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. General: Provide steel framing members complying with the following requirements: 1. Protective Coating: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant coating. B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 degrees and doubled over to form 3/16- inch - wide minimum lip (return), and complying with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth: 1. Thickness: 20 gauge, unless otherwise indicated or required. 2. Depth: 3 -5/8 inches, unless otherwise indicated or required. C. Deflection Track: Manufacturer's standard top runner designed to prevent cracking of gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of the structure above fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 568. Thickness as indicated for studs, and width to accommodated depth of studs, and of the following configuration: 1. Top Runner with Compressible Flanges: 2 -1/2- inch -deep flanges with V- shaped offsets that compress when pressure is applied from construction above. D. Z- Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard Z- shaped furring members with slotted or nonslotted web, fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 568; with a minimum base metal (uncoated) thickness of 0.0179 inch, face flange of 1 -1 /4 inch wall- attachment flange of 7/8 inch, and of depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA E. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated. 2.4 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS A. General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available that will minimize end -to -end butt j oints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application. 1. Widths: Provide gypsum board in widths of 48 inches. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 and as follows: 1. Non - Rated: Half inch regular gypsum wallboard, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Rated: 5/8 inch Type X where required for fire- resistance -rated assemblies. 3. Edges: Tapered. 2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Comerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below: 1. Material: Formed metal or PVC plastic, with metal complying with the following requirement: a. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot -dip process or rolled zinc. 2. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations in ASTM C 1047: a. Comerbead on outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. b. LC -bead with both face and back flanges; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use LC -beads for edge trim, unless otherwise indicated. C. L -bead with face flange only; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use L -bead where indicated. d. U -bead with face and back flanges; face flange formed to be left without. application of joint compound. Use U -bead where indicated. e. One -piece control joint formed with V- shaped slot and removable strip covering slot opening. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated. B. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use pressure- sensitive or staple - attached, open- weave, glass -fiber reinforcing tape with compatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. C. Drying -Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory- packaged vinyl -based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. Ready -Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product. a. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and face flanges of trim accessories. b. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats. C. All- purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. B. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.033 inch thick. C. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow metal frames, cast -in- anchors, and structural framing, with Installerpresent, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension systems with installation of overhead structural assemblies to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive ceiling hangers that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to support ceilings. 3.3 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer or, if none available, with United States Gypsum Co.'s "Gypsum Construction Handbook." C. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. Comply with details shown on Drawings. Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling. 2. Where partition framing and wall furring abut structure, except at floor. a. Provide slip- or cushioned -type joints as detailed to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. b. Install deflection track top runner to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members. Independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members as indicated. 3.4 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud assemblies abut other construction. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips or foam gaskets between studs and wall. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-6 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening surfaces do not vary more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. C. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. Cut studs %z inch short of full height to provide perimeter relief. D. Terminate partition framing at suspended ceilings where indicated. E. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated. 1. Space studs 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. F. Install steel studs so flanges point in the same direction and leading edge or end of each gypsum board panel can be attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. G. Frame door openings to comply with GA -219, and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to j amb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. 1. Install Two 20 gauge studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2 -inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above. H. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated or, if none indicated, as required for door openings. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 3.5 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA -216. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-7 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate both edge or end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back - blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Avoid joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings where possible. E. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. F. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. G. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide- dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Instead, float gypsum panels over these members using resilient channels or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. H. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid -core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panels into frames. I. Form control and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed, with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behind gypsum panels. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases that are braced internally. 1. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural members projecting below underside of floor /roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8- inch - wide joints to install sealant. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-8 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA K. Isolate perimeter of nonload- bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors, as detailed. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with U -bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. L. Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where recommended by manufacturer, install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. M. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications. 3.6 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS A. Single -Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard panels as follows: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels prior to wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions /walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing), unless parallel application is required for fire- resistance -rated assemblies. Use maximum - length panels to minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. B. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows: 1. Fasten with screws. 3.7 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners. B. Install comerbead at external corners. C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound, except where other types are indicated. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-9 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1. Install LC -bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. 2. Install L -bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed. 3. Install U -bead where indicated. 4. Install aluminum trim and other accessories where indicated. D. Install control joints at locations indicated. E. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's recommendations and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. 3.8 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges of cornerbead, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting -type joint compound. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim accessories having flanges not requiring tape. D. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer. E. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA -214. 1. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire- resistance -rated assemblies and sound -rated assemblies. 2. Level 4 for exposed gypsum board surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. F. For Level 4 gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound over wallboard, joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a Level 4 surface free of visual defects and ready for paint. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-10 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA G. Where Level 1 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound. 3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that ensure gypsum board assemblies are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09255 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-11 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. vi3IU EKE a A. This Section includes ceilings consisting of acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed acoustical panel ceilings similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Fire- Test - Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the following requirements: Surface - burning characteristics of acoustical panels comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84. 2. Products are identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical panels and suspension system components to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet -work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire - suppression system, and partition assemblies. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full -size units equal to 5.0 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Armstrong World Industries Products: 1. Cortega series. 2. Mfr Number: 704. 3. Color: White. 4. Edge: Tegular. 5. Size: 24" by 24" by 5/8 ". 2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types & patterns indicated. 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct -hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements. B. Finishes and Colors, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Provide manufacturer's standard factory- applied finish for type of system indicated. C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc- Coated Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating,. 2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106- inch - diameter wire. E. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust- inhibitive paint. F. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust- inhibitive paint. G. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide; formed with 0.04- inch - thick, galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A , G90 coating designation; with bolted connections and 5/16- inch - diameter bolts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less - than-half -width panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." 1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C 636. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Splay hangers only where required and, if permitted with fire- resistance -rated ceilings, to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 4. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. 5. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure; that are appropriate for substrate; and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both structure to which hangers are attached and type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 7. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast -in -place hanger inserts, powder - actuated fasteners, or drilled -in anchors that extend through forms into concrete. 8. Do not attach hangers to roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 9. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise indicated; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast -in -place or postinstalled anchors. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. 1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet. Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. E. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. F. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. 1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows: a. Install panels with pattern running in one direction parallel to short axis of space. 2. For square -edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension system runners and moldings. 3. For reveal -edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 4. Paint cut panel edges remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09511 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 09650 - VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Vinyl composition floor tile. 2. . Resilient wall base and accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. B. Samples for Alternate Selections: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors and patterns available for each type of product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: Full -size tiles of each different color and pattern of resilient floor tile specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. D. Maintenance Data: For resilient floor tile to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing resilient products similar to those required for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of product specified from one source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work. C. Fire- Test - Response Characteristics: Provide products with the following fire- test - response characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 W /sq. cm or greater when tested per ASTM E 648. 2. Smoke Density: Maximum specific optical density of 450 or less when tested per ASTM E 662. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened cartons and containers, each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. B. Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained between 50 and 90 deg F. C. Store tiles on flat surfaces. D. Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before installation, unless longer conditioning period is recommended in writing by manufacturer. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain a temperature of not less than 70 deg For more than 95 deg F in spaces to receive products for at least 48 hours before installation, during installation, and for at least 48 hours after installation, unless manufacturer's written recommendations specify longer time periods. After postinstallation period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. B. Do not install products until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. C. Close spaces to traffic during flooring installation and for time period after installation recommended in writing by manufacturer. D. Install tiles and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. E. Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installation on top of resilient file flooring, install tile before these items are installed. F. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive, as determined by flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMN40KALEE, FLORIDA 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Furnish not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, class, wearing surface, and size of resilient tile flooring installed. 2. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for each 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, and size of resilient accessory installed. 3. Deliver extra materials to Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those indicated in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule at the end of Part 3. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products indicated for each designation in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule at the end of Part 3. 2.2 RESILIENT TILE A. Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1066 and with requirements specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule. 2.3 RESILIENT ACCESSORIES A. Vinyl Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS -W -40, Type H and with requirements specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule. B. Vinyl Accessory Moldings: Products complying with requirements specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule. 2.4 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, portland- cement -based formulation provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IlV940KALEE, FLORIDA B. Adhesives: Water - resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. C. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, ofheight required to protect exposed edge of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where installation of resilient products will occur, with Installer present, for compliance with manufacturer's requirements. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for resilient product installation and comply with requirements specified. B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by flooring manufacturer. 2. Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -in- Place Concrete" for slabs receiving resilient flooring. 3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with resilient product manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive resilient products. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 TILE INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with tile manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one -half of a the at perimeter. 1. Lay tiles square with room axis, unless otherwise indicated. C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Cut tiles neatly around all fixtures. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. 1. Lay tiles with grain running in checkerboard direction. D. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures, including built -in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and nosings. E. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. G. Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on covers. Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers. H. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to comply with tile manufacturer's written instructions, including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times. 1. Provide completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA I. Hand roll tiles according to tile manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install resilient accessories according to manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Apply resilient wall base to walls, closed pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. 1. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. 2. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. 3. Do not stretch base during installation. 4. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. 5. Install premolded outside comers before installing straight pieces. 6. Install premolded outside and inside comers before installing straight pieces. C. Place resilient accessories so they are butted to adjacent materials and bond to substrates with adhesive. Install reducer strips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing resilient products: 1. Remove adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by resilient product manufacturers. 2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. 3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring manufacturer. 4. Damp -mop floor to remove marks and soil. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-6 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by flooring manufacturer. 1. Apply protective floor polish to floor surfaces that are free from soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes, if recommended in writing by manufacturer. a. Use commercially available product acceptable to flooring manufacturer. b. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service. 2. Cover products installed on floor surfaces with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection for Substantial Completion. 3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over floor surfaces. Place plywood or hardboard panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. C. Clean floor surfaces not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean products according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Before cleaning, strip protective floor polish that was applied after completing installation only if required to restore polish finish and if recommended by flooring manufacturer. 2. After cleaning, reapply polish to floor surfaces to restore protective floor finish according to flooring manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate with Owner's maintenance program. 3.6 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING SCHEDULE A. Vinyl Composition Tile VCT: Where this designation is indicated, provide vinyl composition floor file complying with the following: 1. Manufacturer: Listed on Color Schedule 2. Color and Pattern: Listed on Color Schedule 3. Wearing Surface: Smooth. 4. Thickness: 1/8 inch. 5. Size: 18 by 18 inches. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-7 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Vinyl Wall Base VWB: Where this designation is indicated, provide vinyl wall base complying with the following: I. Manufacturer: Open Specification 2. Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors and patterns produced for vinyl wall base complying with requirements indicated. 3. Style: Cove with top -set toe. 4. Minimum Thickness: 1/8 inch. 5. Height: 6 inches. 6. Lengths: Coils in lengths standard with manufacturer. 7. Outside Corners: Premolded. 8. Inside Comers: Premolded. 9. Surface: Smooth. END OF SECTION 09651 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-8 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 09912 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If a color of finish is not indicated, Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron supports, and surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment that do not have a factory- applied final finish. C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Prefinished items include the following factory- finished components: a. Architectural woodwork. b. Acoustical wall panels. C. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. d. Light fixtures. e. Metal siding f. Window frames g. Storefront doors PAINTING 09912-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 2. Concealed surfaces include generally inaccessible spaces including but not limited to the following: a. Closed attic spaces b. Closed plenum spaces C. Wall cavities 3. Finished metal surfaces include the following: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. C. Chromium plate. d. Copper and copper alloys. e. Bronze and brass. f. Prefinished galvalume 4. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following: a. Valve and damper operators. b. Linkages. C. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. 5. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code - required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85- degree meter. 2. Eggshell refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 3. Semigloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 4. Full gloss refers to high -sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured at a 60- degree meter. PAINTING 09912-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers. 1. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross - reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of finish -coat material indicated. 1. After color selection, Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers and primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full -coat benchmark finish sample for each type of coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. Duplicate finish of approved sample Submittals. For final selection of colors and finishes, the Architect will select one room or surface tc represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of coating and substrate. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. PAINTING 09912-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. VOC content. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Apply solvent - thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F. C. Do not apply paint in rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Quantity: Furnish Owner with extra paint materials in 1 gal. container in quantities indicated below: a. Exterior, topcoat: 5 gal. of each color applied. b. Interior, topcoat: 5 gal. of each color applied. PAINTING 09912-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS DX,dOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.9 SAMPLE PANELS A. Provide sample panels of selected colors for final verification of colors prior to ordering materials. Samples shall be in sizes and locations as directed by Architect/Owner on site. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Sherwin - Williams Co. (SW). 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best - quality professional grade paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint - material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors. PAINTING 09912-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 2.3 INTERIOR PRIMERS A. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory- formulated latex -based primer for interior application. 1. Sherwin - Williams; PrepRite 200 Latex Wall Primer B28W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils. B. Interior Zinc- Coated Metal Primer: Factory- formulated galvanized metal primer. 1. Sherwin - Williams; Galvite HS B50WZ30: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils. 2.4 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Acrylic Enamel: Factory- formulated semigloss acrylic -latex enamel for interior application. 1. Sherwin - Williams: Superpaint, applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils per coat. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4. 1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. PAINTING 09912-6 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMN40KALEE, FLORIDA 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface- applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete unit masonry, cement plaster, and mineral- fiber - reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast - cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. PAINTING 09912-7 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA a. Touch up bare areas and shop- applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire - brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. 4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum -based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built -in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. PAINTING 09912-8 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended by manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for surface or item being painted. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet -back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. PAINTING 09912-9 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. E. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn- through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. F. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. G. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. H. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. 3.4 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. PAINTING 09912-10 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS 1MMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA Pl. 3.6 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces: 1. Acrylic - Enamel Finish, Satin: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior satin acrylic enamel. B. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal: 1. Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish: One finish coat over a primer. a. Primer: Interior ferrous -metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. C. Zinc - Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over interior zinc- coated metal surfaces: 1. Semigloss Acrylic- Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior zinc- coated metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. END OF SECTION 09912 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida PAINTING 09912-11 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 10425 - SIGNS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Panel signs. 2. Cast -metal plaques. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of sign. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, and large -scale sections oftypical members and other components. Show mounting methods, grounds, mounting heights, layout, spacing, reinforcement, accessories, and installation details. 1. Provide message list for each sign, including large -scale details of wording, lettering, and braille layout. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign material indicated that involves color selection. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative of signage manufacturer for installation and maintenance of units required for this Project B. Source Limitations: Obtain each sign type through one source from a single manufacturer. SIGNS 10425-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS DAMOKALEE, FLORIDA C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and with code provisions as adopted by authorities having jurisdiction. Interior Code Signage: Provide signage as required by accessibility regulations and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. These include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Signs for Accessible Spaces: Included international symbols on all restroom door signs 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where sizes of signs are determined by dimensions of surfaces on which they are installed, verify dimensions by field measurement before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.6 COORDINATION A. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, advise installers of anchorage devices about specific requirements for placement of anchorage devices and similar items to be used for attaching signs. 1. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, furnish templates for installation of anchorage devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANEL SIGNS A. General: Provide panel signs that comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction. 1. Refer to Collier County Vertical standards for sign specifications. B. Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy that complies with requirements indicated in the Sign Schedule for size, style, spacing, content, mounting height and location, material, finishes, and colors of signage. SIGNS 10425-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA C. Tactile and Braille Copy: Manufacturer's standard process for producing copy complying with ADA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC /ANSI Al 17.1. Text shall be accompanied by Grade 2 braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square cut edges free from burrs and cut marks. 1. Panel Material: Opaque acrylic sheet or Clear acrylic sheet with opaque color coating, subsurface applied 2. Raised -Copy Thickness: Not less than 1/32 inch D. Engraved Copy: Where scheduled for signage located in Equipment Rooms, provide machine engrave letters, numbers, symbols, and other graphic devices into panel sign on face indicated to produce precisely formed copy, incised to uniform depth. 2.2 CAST -METAL PLAQUES A. General: Provide castings free from pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects. Comply with requirements specified for metal, border style, background texture, and finish and in required thickness, size, shape, and copy. B. Subject to compliance with the specifications, available manufacturers include but are not limited to the following: 1. A.R.K. Ramos. 2. American Graphics Inc. 3. Gemini Incorporated. 4. Matthews International Corporation; Bronze Division. 5. Metal Arts; Div. of L&H Mfg. 6. Mills Manufacturing, Inc. 7. Southwell Co. 8. York Bronze/Bryan. C. Bronze Castings: ASTM B 584, alloy UNS No. C83600 (No. 1 manganese bronze). D. Border Style: Bevel E. Background Texture: Manufacturer's standard leatherette finish F. Mounting: Concealed studs for substrates encountered. G. Size: 24" wide x 36" high. SIGNS 10425-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA H. Text: Includes full names -of Owner, list of Commissioners, list of Board Members, Administrator, Architect, Engineer, Builder, Year. I. Format and Logo: Match standard Collier County format. 2.3 PANEL SIGN TYPES A. Room Signs: 1. Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards B. Toilet Room Signs: Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Mounting Methods: Use concealed fasteners and/or double -sided vinyl tape fabricated from materials that are not corrosive to sign material and mounting surface. B. Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion -bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. 2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for. applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one -half of range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. SIGNS 10425-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish: Unless indicated otherwise elsewhere in the Documents, provide manufacturer's standard powder coat or baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting. 2.7 COPPER -ALLOY FINISHES A. Cast - Bronze Plaque Finishes: Exposed surfaces free from porosity, burrs, and rough spots; with returns finished with fine -grain air blast. 1. Raised Areas: Hand -tool and buff borders and raised copy to produce manufacturer's standard satin finish. B. Clear Protective Coating: Coat exposed surfaces of copper alloys with manufacturer's standard clear organic coating specially designed for coating copper -alloy products. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Verify that items including anchor inserts provided under other sections of Work are sized and located to accommodate signs. C. Examine supporting members to ensure that surfaces are at elevations indicated or required to comply with authorities having jurisdiction and are free from dirt and other deleterious matter. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. SIGNS 10425-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches of sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of door. B. Wall- Mounted Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using applicable methods indicated below: Vinyl -Tape Mounting: Use double -sided foam tape to mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces. Do not use this method for rough surfaces. 2. Mechanical Fasteners: Use nonremovable mechanical fasteners placed through predrilled holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer. 3. Confirm locations on -site with Architect prior to installation. C. Attach brackets and fittings securely to walls and ceilings with concealed fasteners and anchoring devices to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Cast -Metal Plaques: Mount plaques using standard fastening methods recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of wall surface indicated. 1. Concealed Mounting: Mount plaques by inserting threaded studs into tapped lugs on back of plaque. Set in predrilled holes filled with quick - setting cement. 2. Confirm location on -site with Architect prior to installation. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner. 3.4 SIGN SCHEDULE A. Provide room signs with text and graphics as follows: SIGNS 10425-6 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA Locations: Text: Men Men Women Women Restroom(s) Restroom International Graphics: Men and Accessibility Graphics Women and Accessibility Graphics Men, Women, and Accessibility Graphics B. Except as scheduled above, provide one blank sign for each side each other interior door location. (text insert by Owner) END OF SECTION 10425 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SIGNS 10425-7 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 10520 - FIRE - PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Portable fire extinguishers. (FE) B. Existing fire extinguishers in designated Work Areas shall remain in service throughout construction. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire- protection specialties. 1. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification. 2. Cabinets: Include roughing -in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers and cabinets through one source from a single manufacturer. B. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers." C. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated and provided by Owner under separate Contract are accommodated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. General: Provide fire extinguishers of type, size, and capacity for each cabinet and other locations indicated. B. Multipurpose Dry- Chemical Type: not less than UL -rated 2- A:40:B:C, in enameled -steel container. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing fire- protection specialties. B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 10520 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida FIRE - PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 10801 - TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes toilet and bath accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions and thicknesses, dimensions, profiles, fastening and mounting methods, specified options, and finishes for each type of accessory specified. B. Setting Drawings: For cutouts required in other work; include templates, substrate preparation instructions, and directions for preparing cutouts and installing anchoring devices. C. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. Use designations indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule and room designations indicated on Drawings in product schedule. D. Maintenance Data: For accessories to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Provide lists of replacement parts and service recommendations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units specified, unless otherwise approved by Architect. B. Product Options: Accessory requirements, including those for materials, finishes, dimensions, capacities, and performance, are established by specific products indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule. 1. Products of other manufacturers with equal characteristics, as determined solely by Architect, may be provided. TOILET ACCESSORIES 10801-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 2. Other manufacturers' products with equal characteristics may be considered. See Division 1 Section "Substitutions." Where modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by disabled persons, proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. 1.6 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer's Mirror Warranty: Written warranty, executed by mirror manufacturer agreeing to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within minimum warranty period indicated. 1. Minimum Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering accessories that may be incorporated into the Work include are limited to Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., ASI, and Bradley Corporation. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No. 4 finish (satin), in 0.0312 -inch minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A, G60. C. Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service), nickel plus chromium electrodeposited on base metal. D. Baked - Enamel Finish: Factory- applied, gloss - white, baked - acrylic - enamel coating. TOILET ACCESSORIES 10801-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS 1MMOKALEE, FLORIDA E. Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, nominal 6.0 mm thick, with silvering, electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating complying with FS DD- M-411. F. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. G. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Names or labels are not permitted on exposed faces of accessories. On interior surface not exposed to view or on back surface of each accessory, provide printed, waterproof label or stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. B. Surface - Mounted Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and j oints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with continuous stainless -steel hinge. Provide concealed anchorage where possible. C. Recessed Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units of all- welded construction, without mitered corners. Hang doors and access panels with full- length, stainless -steel hinge. Provide anchorage that is fully concealed when unit is closed. D. Framed Glass- Mirror Units: Fabricate frames for glass - mirror units to accommodate glass edge protection material. Provide mirror backing and support system that permits rigid, tamper- resistant glass installation and prevents moisture accumulation. Provide galvanized steel backing sheet, not less than 0.034 inch and full mirror size, with nonabsorptive filler material. Corrugated cardboard is not an acceptable filler material. E. Mirror -Unit Hangers: Provide mirror -unit mounting system that permits rigid, tamper- and theft - resistant installation, as follows: 1. One - piece, galvanized steel, wall- hanger device with spring - action locking mechanism to hold mirror unit in position with no exposed screws or bolts. F. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. TOILET ACCESSORIES 10801-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamper- resistant manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units level, plumb, and square at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions for substrate indicated. C. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.3 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORY SCHEDULE A. Schedule is indicated on the drawings. END OF SECTION 10801 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida TOILET ACCESSORIES 10801-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 15010 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this and other sections of Division 15. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the general administrative and procedural requirements for mechanical installations. The following administrative and procedural requirements are included in this Section to expand the requirements specified in Division 1. 1. Submittals 2. Quality Assurance 3. Record documents 4. Maintenance manuals 5. Rough -ins 6. Mechanical installations 7. Construction Drawings B. All work, materials and equipment supplied and installed under this Division shall comply with appropriate edition of the following codes as amended by the governing body: 1. Florida Building Code 2. The National Fire Codes, NFPA 3. National Electrical Code, NFPA 4. Florida Plumbing Code, including all appendices 5. Florida Mechanical Code Local/codes and Regulations C. All work, materials and equipment supplied and installed under this Division shall be in compliance and agreement with requirements, whether or not specifically addressed by construction documents, with local inspector's, plans examiner's and the authority having jurisdiction's requirements. It is this contractor's responsibility to coordinate with the local authority having jurisdiction to determine exact requirements for BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA workmanship, materials, equipment and installation required by the governing authority. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. No substitutions will be considered unless written request has been submitted to the Engineer of Record at least ten (10) days prior to the bid date. Submittal shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted, drawings, cuts, performance and test date and any other data or information necessary for the Engineer to determine that the equipment meets all specification and requirements. B. Substituted equipment or optional equipment must conform to space requirements. Any substituted equipment that cannot meet space requirements, whether approved or not, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Any modification of related systems as a result of substitutions shall be made at the Contractor's expense. C. Any contractor proposed value engineering requiring supplemental engineering work in review, construction documents revisions or site visits to determine feasibility of proposed change shall be reimbursed to engineer at engineer's hourly rate including all applicable travel expenses, printing, reproduction and copying. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The contractor shall provide all supervision, labor, materials, equipment, machinery, and any and all other items necessary to complete and leave all systems in working condition. B. Any apparatus, appliance, material, or work not shown on the drawings but mentioned in the specifications or vice versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete in all respects and ready for operation shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. C. Check site and existing conditions thoroughly before bidding. Advise Engineer of Record of any discrepancies or questions. Where existing conditions are referred to in the construction documents, the contractor shall verify prior to bid that existing conditions remain as depicted in the construction drawings. D. Provide field superintendant who has had a minimum of four (4) years previous successful experience on projects of comparable sizes and complexity. Superintenda.nt shall be present at all times that work under this Division is being installed or affected. A resume of the Superintendant's experience shall be submitted to Engineer or Architect upon request. At least one member of the Contracting Firm shall hold a State Master Certificate of Competency. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.5 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 Section "Project Closeout." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items. 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break -in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.6 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and material installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components and structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured in place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence; coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other equipment components where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location. 11. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right -of -way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope as well as those systems and equipment with physically large sizes, i.e. main ductwork lines, water heaters, air handling units etc. 12. Prior to installation of any materials, coordinate with the work of other trades on site to prevent conflicts. Where conflicts occur, refer conflicts to architect for resolution. Where contractor installs material prior to gaining approval of architect or coordinating work with other trades, the contractor shall be required to move at no additional cost to owner piping to avoid conflicts. 13. Coordinate location of access panels with architect, owner and general contractor on site. Whether specifically shown on drawings or not, provide access panels as required for service access to all mechanical dampers, fire dampers, and equipment requiring routine maintenance or code required access. 14. Coordinate on site and reference architectural drawings for location of all fire dampers. Install fire dampers with adequate access for resetting fusible links. Install fire dampers at all code required duct penetrations of fire rated partitions whether specifically shown or not on plans. 1.7 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS A. The contract drawings indicate the extent and the general conditions of the work. If any departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details for such departure and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Architect or Engineer of Record. B. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangements of fixtures, equipment and work included in the contract. Consult the architectural drawings and details for exact location of fixtures and equipment. C. The Contractor shall follow the drawings in laying out work and check the drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain head room and space conditions at all points. Where head room or space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Architect before proceeding with the installation. D. This Contractor shall lay out his work and be responsible for all lines, elevations, and measurements required for the installation of this work. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA E. All cutting and patching required for work under this section of these specifications shall be done by the affected sub - contractor. All vertical piping shall be fire sealed according to the penetration details on the construction documents; alternate methods acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction are acceptable. F. If directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for proper execution of the work. G. This subcontractor is cautioned that the National Electrical Code (N.E.C.) has very stringent requirements for clearances above Electrical Switchboards and Panelboards. Article #384 -4, 1" paragraph states: "an exclusively dedicated space extending 25 feet from floor or to the structural ceiling with a width and depth of the equipment. No piping, ducts, or equipment foreign to the electrical equipment ..... shall be permitted to be installed in, enter, or pass through such spaces ". Any transgression of this space by any sub - contractor shall be corrected at that contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For dielectric fittings, flexible connectors, mechanical sleeve seals, and identification materials and devices. B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation for metal and wood supports and anchorage for mechanical materials and equipment. C. Coordination Drawings: As required in contract. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment Selection: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics, physical dimensions, capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting mechanical and electrical services, circuit breakers, conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are increased. Additional costs shall be approved in advance by appropriate Contract Modification for these increases. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified, equipment must meet design and commissioning requirements. It is this contractor's responsibility to provide the electrical contractor with one set of approved submittals indicating actual electrical requirements for approved mechanical equipment, whether changed or the same as specified on construction drawings. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes, ductwork and tubes with factory- applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Protect stored pipes, dcutwork and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor, if stored inside. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building components. B. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction to allow for mechanical installations. C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installation of large equipment requiring positioning before closing in building, structure and framing. E. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. F. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors if mechanical items requiring access are concealed behind finished surfaces with architect, general contractor and owner. G. Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting, if devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. 1.6 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. Portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Refer conflicts to Architect. C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. D. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA E. Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope. F. Install flexible connectors on equipment side of shutoff valves, horizontally and parallel to equipment shafts if possible. 1.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. B. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 15200 —NFPA 13 FIRE - SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS PARTI - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Conditions of the Contract, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications apply to this section. Refer to Common Work Section(s) and the entire set of Contract Documents for additional requirements. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following work: Modifications of and extensions to existing fire sprinkler system. B. Contractors shall field inspect existing conditions and bid shall include all labor, material, equipment, accessories, connections, etc. required for complete, proper, code compliant Work. 1.3 QUALITY STANDARDS: A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes and standards which include but are not limited to the following: 1. FBC, Florida Building Code 2. NFPA, National Fire Protection Association 3. UL, Underwriters Laboratory 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Division 1 Submittals Section. B. Provide the following submittals: 1. Shop drawings, details, and related schedules 2. Product Data for valves, sprinklers, specialties, and alarms. 3. Submit sprinkler system drawings identified as "working plans" and calculations according to NFPA 13. Submit required number of sets to authorities having jurisdiction for review, comment, and approval. Include system hydraulic calculations. 4. Submit test reports and certificates as described in NFPA 13. NFPA 13 FIRE - SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 15200-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design and Installation Approval: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Hydraulically design sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13. C. Comply with NFPA 13 and NFPA 70. D. UL- listed and - labeled and FM- approved pipe and fittings. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Provide all required pipes, fittings, heads, valves, connections, escutcheons, hangers, supports, etc. as required for AHJ approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Comply with NFPA 13. Extend existing sprinkler system to provide code- compliant coverage in all new rooms. 3.2 SPRINKLER SCHEDULE A. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers. B. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Recessed sprinklers. C. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome plated or White enamel in finished spaces. Provide escutcheons in finished spaces. D. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of ceiling panels. 3.3 TESTING A. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler- piping systems according to NFPA 13. I ������MZ��►i��iZ�7 NFPA 13 FIRE - SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 15200-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 15815 - METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rectangular, round, and flat -oval metal ducts and plenums for heating, ventilating, and air - conditioning systems in pressure classes from minus 2 to plus 10 inch wg. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Thermal Conductivity and Apparent Thermal Conductivity (k- Value): As defined in ASTM C 168. In this Section, these values are the result of the formula Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F or W/m x K at the temperature differences specified. Values are expressed as Btu or W. Example: Apparent Thermal Conductivity (k- Value): 0.26 or 0.037. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select and size air- moving and - distribution equipment and other components of air system. Changes to layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Architect/Engineer. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems," unless otherwise indicated. C. Comply with NFPA 96 for all ductwork utilized for kitchen exhaust hood systems. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver sealant and firestopping materials to site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. METAL DUCTS 15815-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Store and handle sealant and firestopping materials according to manufacturer's written recommendations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock - forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; mill - phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view. B. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized, sheet metal ducts. 2.2 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of adhesive or mastic nature but includes tapes and combinations of open -weave fabric strips and mastics. 1. Joint and Seam Sealant: One -part, nonsag, solvent- release - curing, polymerized butyl sealant, formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids. 2. Flanged Joint Mastics: One -part, acid - curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealants, complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O. 2.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder - actuated fasteners, or structural - steel fasteners appropriate for building materials. 1. Use powder - actuated concrete fasteners for standard- weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 2. Exception: Do not use powder - actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight - aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized, sheet steel or round, threaded steel rod. 1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all - thread rod or galvanized rods with threads painted after installation. 2. Straps and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible" for sheet steel width and thickness and for steel rod diameters. C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self - tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. METAL DUCTS 15815-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA D. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Supports for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel shapes and plates. 2.4 RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION A. Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction with galvanized, sheet steel, according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible." Comply with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie -rod applications, and joint types and intervals. 1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure classification. 2. Materials: Free from visual imperfections such as pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, and discolorations. B. Static - Pressure Classifications: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts to the following: 1. Supply Ducts: 2 inch wg. 2. Return Ducts: 2 inch wg., negative pressure. 3. Exhaust Ducts: 2 inch wg., negative pressure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. B. Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification expected in system at it's particular location. C. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. D. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and connections. E. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct. F. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. METAL DUCTS 15815-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. H. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, unless specifically indicated. I. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke - control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. K. Non - Fire -Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as duct. Overlap opening on four sides by at least 1 -1/2 inches. L. Fire -Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire damper, sleeve, and firestopping sealant. 3.2 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING A. Seal duct seams and joints according to the duct pressure class indicated and as described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible." Seal all ducts to SMACNA seal class B. 3.3 Seal externally insulated ducts before insulation installation. 3.4 INSULATION A. All ductwork shall be externally insulated with a minimum of 2" fiberglass insulation with external foil jacketing. 3.5 HANGING AND SUPPORTING A. Install rigid round, rectangular, and flat -oval metal duct with support systems indicated in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible." B. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. 3.6 CONNECTIONS METAL DUCTS 15815-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA A. Connect equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." B. For branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections, comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible." 3.7 CLEANING A. During system installation inspect the system for dirt and debris. Vacuum ducts before final acceptance to remove dust and debris as required. END OF SECTION 15815 METAL DUCTS 15815-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 15820 - DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Manual - volume dampers. 2. Duct - mounted access doors and panels. 3. Flexible ducts. 4. Duct accessory hardware. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Manual - volume dampers. 2. Duct - mounted access doors and panels. 3. Flexible ducts. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, location, and size of each field connection. Detail the following: 1. Special fittings and manual- and automatic - volume- damper installations. 2. Fire- and smoke - damper installations, including sleeves and duct - mounted access doors and panels. C. Product Certificates: Submit certified test data on dynamic insertion loss; self - noise power levels; and airflow performance data, static - pressure loss, dimensions, and weights. DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820- 1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Comply with the following NFPA standards: 1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." 2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock - forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; mill - phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view. B. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063, Temper T6. C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized, sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless -steel ducts. D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, I/4 inch minimum diameter for 36 inch length or less; 3/8 inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.2 MANUAL- VOLUME DAMPERS A. General: Factory fabricated with required hardware and accessories. Stiffen damper blades for stability. Include locking device to hold single -blade dampers in a fixed position without vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct consistent with pressure class. 1. Pressure Classifications of 3 inch wg or Higher: End bearings or other seals for ducts with axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. B. Standard Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single- blade, parallel- or opposed -blade design as indicated, standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA C. Low - Leakage Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single - blade, parallel- or opposed -blade design as indicated, low- leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 2.3 DUCT - MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS A. General: Fabricate doors and panels airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. B. Frame: Galvanized, sheet steel, with bend -over tabs and foam gaskets. C. Door: Double -wall, galvanized, sheet metal construction with insulation fill and thickness, and number of hinges and locks as indicated for duct pressure class. Include vision panel where indicated. Include 1 by 1 inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches. D. Seal around frame attachment to duct and door to frame with neoprene or foam rubber. E. Insulation: 1 '/2 inch thick, fibrous -glass or polystyrene -foam board. 2.4 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. General: Comply with UL 181, Class 1. B. Flexible Ducts, Insulated: Factory- fabricated, insulated, round duct, with an outer jacket enclosing 1 -1/2 inch thick, glass -fiber insulation around a continuous inner liner. 1. Reinforcement: Steel -wire helix encapsulated in inner liner. 2. Outer Jacket: Glass- reinforced, silver Mylar with a continuous hanging tab, integral fibrous -glass tape, and nylon hanging cord. 3. Outer Jacket: Polyethylene film. 4. Inner Liner: Polyethylene film. C. Pressure Rating: 6 inches positive, % inch negative. 2.5 ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Flexible Duct Clamps: Stainless -steel band with cadmium- plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm -gear action, in sizes 3 to 18 inches to suit duct size. DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details shown in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and NAIMA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards" for fibrous -glass ducts. B. Install volume dampers in lined duct; avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner. C. Install duct access panels downstream from volume dampers, fire dampers, turning vanes, and equipment. I. Install duct access panels to allow access to interior of ducts for cleaning, inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and terminal units. 2. Install access panels on side of duct where adequate clearance is available. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings. END OF SECTION 15820 DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820:- 4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 15855 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ►tlu_ 1 A. This Section includes ceiling- and wall- mounted diffusers, registers, and grilles. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Diffuser: Circular, square, or rectangular air distribution outlet, generally located in the ceiling and comprised of deflecting members discharging supply air in various directions and planes and arranged to promote mixing of primary air with secondary room air. B. Grille: A louvered or perforated covering for an opening in an air passage, which can be located in a sidewall, ceiling, or floor. C. Register: A combination grille and damper assembly over an air opening. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each model indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: For each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished; indicate construction, finish, and mounting details. 2. Performance Data: Include throw and drop, static - pressure drop, and noise ratings for each type of air outlet and inlet. 3. Schedule of diffusers, registers, and grilles indicating drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. 4. Assembly Drawing: For each type of air outlet and inlet; indicate materials and methods of assembly of components. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 15855- 1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Options: Drawings and schedules indicate specific requirements of diffusers, registers, and grilles and are based on the specific requirements of the systems indicated. Other manufacturers' products with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions." B. NFPA Compliance: Install diffusers, registers, and grilles according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Diffusers, registers, and grilles are scheduled on Drawings. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Test performance according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." B. Manufacturers: Select grilles and registers equal to those specified on construction drawings by one of the following approved manufacturers. 1. E.H. Price 2. Krueger Industries 3. Metal -Aire, Inc. 4. Air Guide, Inc. 5. Titus PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 15855-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions, Coordination Drawings, original design, and referenced standards. B. Ceiling - Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practicable. For units installed in lay -in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of the panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. Cross - reference location of diffusers in ceiling on mechanical plans with architectural reflected ceiling plans. Where architectural ceiling plans differ from mechanical plans refer conflict to architect. C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connection to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. 3.4 CLEANING A. After installation of diffusers, registers, and grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace diffusers, registers, and grilles that have damaged finishes. END OF SECTION 15855 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 15855-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems to produce design objectives, including the following: 1. Balancing airflow and within distribution systems, including submains, branches, and terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances. 2. Adjusting total HVAC systems to provide indicated quantities. 3. Setting quantitative performance of HVAC equipment. 4. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. 5. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper. B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, and terminals, according to design quantities. C. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated. D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield repeatable results. E.. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order. F. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of measurement. In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump. G. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the suction side. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990- 1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA H. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. I. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was performance tested. J. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the distribution system. K. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment. L. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. M. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. N. AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association. O. CTI: Cooling Tower Institute. P. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. Q. SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by either AABC or NEBB or a company whose sole business for at least the last 4 years has been the testing adjusting and balancing of HVAC systems of similar size. B. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing, adjusting, and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified testing, adjusting, and balancing reports. 2. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner may occupy completed areas of the building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting, and balancing operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment. 1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow- control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment. C. Examine project record documents described in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents." D. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. Relate performance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce the performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," Sections 7 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - -Duct Design," Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions. E. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification Sections have been performed. F. Examine system and equipment test reports. G. Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow - control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA H. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. I. Examine air- handling equipment to ensure clean filters have been installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. J. Examine plenum ceilings, utilized for supply air, to verify that they are airtight. Verify that pipe penetrations and other holes are sealed. K. Examine heat - transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. L. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. M. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following: 1. Dampers and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller. 2. Dampers are in the position indicated by the controller. 3. Integrity of dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions. This includes dampers in multizone units, mixing boxes, and variable- air - volume terminals. 4. Thermostats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold walls. 5. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. 6. Controller set points are- set at design values. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from design values. 7. Interlocked systems are operating. 8. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values. N. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step -by- step procedures. B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. 2. Automatic temperature- control systems are operational. 3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 4. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air -pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 5. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can be met. 3.3 GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC national standards and this Section. B. Cut insulation, ducts, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier. C. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper- control positions, valve indicators, fan- speed - control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. 3.4 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as- built" duct layouts. C. For variable - air - volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements. E. Check the airflow patterns from the outside -air louvers and dampers and the return - and exhaust -air dampers, through the supply -fan discharge and mixing dampers. F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. I. Check for airflow blockages. J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K. Check for proper sealing of air - handling unit components. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 3.5 AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES A. . Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed by the fan manufacturer. 1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. . C. Measure inlet static pressure of single -inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double -inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 2. Measure static pressure across each air - handling unit component. a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance personnel must change filters. 3. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps, heat recovery equipment, and air washers under final balanced conditions. 4. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur. Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions. 5. Adjust fan speed higher or lower than design with the approval of the Architect. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections to accommodate fan-speed changes. 6. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full cooling, full heating, and economizer modes to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances. 1. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. a. Where sufficient space in submains and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot -tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-6 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 2. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submains and branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct - reading hood or the outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to design airflows within specified tolerances of design values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at the air terminals. 1. Adjust each outlet in the same room or space to within specified tolerances of design quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.6 TEMPERATURE TESTING A. During testing, adjusting, and balancing, report need for adjustment in temperature regulation within the automatic temperature- control system. B. Measure indoor wet- and dry -bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of 2 successive 8 -hour days, in each separately controlled zone, to prove correctness of final temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is occupied. C. Measure outside -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures. 3.7 TEMPERATURE- CONTROL VERIFICATION A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned. B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect control functions. C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements. D. Verify operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low - temperature controllers). E. Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve operators. F. Verify sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device positions and correlate with airflow and water -flow measurements. Note the speed of response to input changes. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-7 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA G. Confirm interaction of electrically operated switch transducers. H. Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems. I. Verify main control supply -air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations. J. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine if the system operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply. K. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail -safe operations. 3.8 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system airflow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans: Minus 5 to plus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent. 3.9 FINAL REPORT A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter - quality font, on standard bond paper, in 3 -ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 1. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the following: 1. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-8 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report. 10. Summary of contents, including the following: a. Design versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. C. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 11. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 12. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. 13. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design values. 14. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following: a. Settings for outside -, return-, and exhaust -air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. C. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable -air- volume systems. g. Settings for supply -air, static - pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. END OF SECTION 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-9 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes project supervision, coordination, cutting, patching, inspections, permits and miscellaneous work. B. This work includes all labor, materials, transportation, tools, and equipment necessary to install, test and guarantee a complete system as specified and shown on drawings, including providing and installing fire stop assemblies at fire rated walls and ceilings. C. Provide access doors where required in ceilings and walls to access concealed equipment provided by the trade. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit fully coordinated submittals, with number of copies indicated in Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. Submittals shall be complete and indicate all electrical devices to be furnished on the project. Partial or incomplete submittals shall be returned without review. 1.3 SUPERVISION A. Maintain competent Superintendent in charge of work. Superintendent shall be qualified and have suitable experience in type of work involved. Should he be deemed not capable by Architect, he shall be replaced immediately by a Superintendent who is satisfactory. After a satisfactory Superintendent has been assigned, he shall -not be withdrawn without consent of Architect. 1.4 WORKMANSHIP A. Materials and equipment shall be installed in a neat and industry standard manner as judged by the Engineer of Record and/or Architect. B. Architect reserves right to direct removal and replacement of items, which, in his opinion, do not present an orderly and reasonably neat appearance provided such orderly installation can be made using customary trade methods. The removal and replacement shall be done when directed in writing by Architect at sub- contractor's expense and without additional expense to Owner. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1.5 CONNECTING TO WORK OF OTHERS A. Before starting his work and from time to time as work progresses, the Electrical sub - contractor's superintendent shall examine work and materials installed by others insofar as they apply to his own work, and shall notify the Architect immediately in writing of conditions which will prevent satisfactory results in installation of the system. B. Should the Electrical subcontractor start his work without proper notification, it shall be construed as an acceptance by him of all conditions and as to suitability of the work of others to receive his work. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS A. The contract drawings indicate the extent and the general conditions of the work. If any departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the sub- contractor, details for such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Architect immediately. B. These items shall be submitted, in writing, for approval. No such departure shall be made without prior written approval of the Architect. C. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of fixtures, equipment and work included in the contract. Consult the architectural drawings and details for exact location of fixtures and equipment. D. The sub - contractor shall follow the drawings in laying out work and check the drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain headroom and space conditions at all points. Where headroom or space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Architect before proceeding with the installation. E. If directed by the Contractor or Architect, the sub - contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications (as determined by the Architect) in the layout and installation of the electrical equipment, fixtures, and devices as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades, or for proper execution of the work. 1.7 DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK AND PERSONNEL A. Each sub - contractor shall be-responsible for proper protective measures when working overhead or in finished areas. He shall repair, replace, or touch up finished surface, which may be damaged as a result of his work or operations. This is to include preparation; priming, and refinish of structure due to welding or machining for attachment of electrical equipment. B. Subcontractor shall carry suitable insurance as prescribed by law for protection of his employees, other persons, materials and equipment on site. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND EXCAVATIONS A. Cutting and patching of walls, partitions, floors, concrete, pits and chases in wood and masonry will be done by this sub - contractor as indicated or as directed by Architect. Cutting of steel,wood, or other main structural parts must be approved by Architect prior to commencing cutting. B. Sub- contractor shall do necessary excavation and back - filling for his own work. 3.2 REMOVAL OF RUBBISH A. Subcontractor shall maintain premises free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by his employees or work. At completion of work he shall remove tools, scaffolding, materials and rubbish from building site, and leave premises and his work in a clean, orderly, and acceptable condition. 3.3 ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS A. If the work as laid out, indicated, or specified is contrary to, or conflicts with local ordinances or regulations, the sub - contractor shall report same to Architect before submitting his bid. Architect will issue instructions as to procedure. 3.4 PERMITS AND FEES A. Subcontractor shall obtain necessary permits and inspections required for his work and pay charges incidental thereto. He shall deliver to Architect certificates of inspection issued by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.5 SCHEDULES AND MATERIALS A. Materials and equipment are specified herein by a single or by multiple manufacturers, to indicate quality, material, and type of construction desired. One Manufacturer's product is indicated and has been used as basis for design. B. Before purchase of equipment, submit (6) copies of shop drawings for approval. Submit as complete as possible: Identify each item submitted. Information on shop drawings shall contain all that is necessary to show that equipment complies with specifications and drawings. Show required modifications. One complete set of approved shop drawings, shall be kept at job site. NOTE: All submittals of electrical materials or equipment shall be made at the same time contained within.one.binder and one.letter of transmittal. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND, REQUIREMENT& 16050 -3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA C. Provide shop drawings within 30 days of notice to proceed. D. Provide shop drawings for the following: Light fixtures and lamps 2. Panelboards 3. Electrical Devices (receptacles and cover plates) E. Corrections or comments made on shop drawings during review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with design concept of project, and general compliance with information given in contract documents. 3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Upon completion of work, each sub - contractor shall clean, oil, and grease fans, motors, and other running equipment and apparatus which he installs, and shall make certain such apparatus and mechanisms are in proper working order and ready for test. 3.7 INSTRUCTIONS A. Each sub - contractor shall furnish (3) complete sets of operations and maintenance instructions applying to each piece of equipment installed in conjunction with this contract. 3.8 GUARANTEE AND SERVICE A. In addition to guarantee of equipment by manufacturer of each piece of equipment specified herein, each sub - contractor shall also guarantee such equipment and make good any defect of material or workmanship occurring during a period of (1) year from final acceptance test, without expense to Owner. B. Each Subcontractor shall service systems for (1) year from final acceptance. Such service will include lubrication, necessary adjustment, and/or replacement of defective equipment and materials furnished. Light bulb replacement guarantee shall be limited to 30 days after final acceptance. C. The subcontractor shall coordinate the "DIP" switch settings on the occupancy sensors with the owner prior to completion of the project. 3.9 CODES AND INSPECTIONS A. Work shall comply with: BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -4 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 1. National Electric Code (2005 edition, Contractor to verify existing jurisdiction requirements). 2. Local city and/or county amendments and all applicable codes 3. O.S.H.A. Standards 4. Standards of National Board of Fire Underwriters 5. Regulation of Electric Utility Company concerning electrical installation. 6. Federal ADA Handicap Requirements 3.10 SCOPE A. Furnish labor, materials, and equipment necessary for a complete and workable system and installation. 3.11 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Prior to and during installation, store materials to protect them from injury or deterioration. Material shall not be stored in contact with ground or floor. If suitable storage areas are not available at job site, provide temporary construction or store material off -site in suitable warehouses. Do not remove manufacturer's packing materials until ready to install. 3.12 ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall read applicable sections of these specifications, and prepare and assemble required test reports, maintenance manuals, certificates, guarantees and letters of instruction. Contractor's representatives responsible for work under Division 16 shall be present at time of acceptance inspections, and shall furnish required mechanics, tools, and ladders to assist in inspection. B. Prior to requesting final inspection, the sub - contractor shall clean, and where required, paint electrical equipment installed. Exposed conduits, exposed outlet boxes, surface panel cabinets, etc. shall be finished to match walls or ceilings. Cabinets, panels, panel covers, scratched or otherwise damaged shall be painted with factory supplied color - matched paint. Interiors of panelboards, switchboards and cabinets shall be vacuum cleaned, free of dust and debris. C. List of items to be corrected as a result of acceptance inspection will be furnished to the Architect for transmittal to the General Contractor. D. Notify Architect in writing of items appearing on list for correction, which are disputed by the sub - contractor. When ready, request in writing a re- inspection of work. Should items on the rejection list remain uncorrected, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs of re- inspections. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -5 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 3.14 DIRECTORIES A. Install typewritten directories in panelboards, for each branch circuit that identifies the space and the equipment it controls. Label all panels with identification shown on plans using engraved phenolic labels. 3.15 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Provide electrical power and control systems to indicated equipment. Included are wiring, raceways and other devices. END OF SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -6 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 16120 - WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes wires and cables. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements.. 1.2 WIRES AND CABLES A. Conductors shall be copper. Conductor insulation type shall THWN or XHHW. All conductor ampacities are to be based upon 75 degree C. insulation - no down - sizing permitted of conductor size based upon use of 90 degree Centigrade rated insulation. B. Branch circuit outlets shall be connected as indicated. Conductors shall be color coded throughout using three colors, Red, Black, and Blue for hot lines and White for neutral. Switch legs shall be Brown, Yellow, and Orange. Ground conductor shall be green. The same color shall be used for branch circuit wiring of a given phase for the entire project. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger may be Black, but shall be identified with colored tape in junction boxes, pull- boxes, panels, and service equipment. C. Continuity of neutrals of multi -wire branch circuits shall not be made on terminals of any device, but shall be spliced and tap connected to device. This will assure no opening of neutral in replacement of device. D. Fixture and branch circuit wiring joints for conductors No. 6 AWG and smaller in junction and outlet boxes shall be made with U.L. approved pressure type connectors. Use only Ideal Industries Models 451, 452, 455, or 453 and Scotch -Lock types Y, R, or B. Splices and taps for conductors No. 4 AWG and larger shall be made using 2 bolt type solder -less connectors made of high conductivity bronze castings, taped with at least 3 layers of insulating tape, half - lapped. END OF SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES 16120 -1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA. SECTION 16135 - ELECTRICAL BOXES & FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes electrical boxes and fittings. B. Related Sections: Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. 1.2 ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Outlet boxes shall be one -piece or projection welded galvanized stamped steel for ganged sizes required. Sectional boxes will not be acceptable. Boxes larger than standard shall be provided in accordance with National Electrical Code where necessary to prevent crowding of wires. Outlet boxes required for communications systems and mechanical control devices shall be installed under this section. Verify outlet box size required for systems other than electrical power from shop and manufacturer's drawings. Install outlets in accordance with those requirements. B. Boxes for wall and ceiling outlets shall finish flush and straight at edge of finished surface. Wall outlets in exposed concrete block, masonry and tile walls shall be installed with extra -deep square corner boxes or with standard boxes and square cornered tile wall covers, so that conduit off -sets are not required. Outlet boxes for light fixture mounting shall be equipped with fixture studs. No outlets shall be installed back -to -back. C. Outlet boxes for switches shall be 4" from door jamb. Outlet occurring above counters, cabinets, or mirrors shall be correlated by Contractor so that outlet clears trim or is located in splash back as noted on drawings. See architectural interior elevations for locations. D. Fire rated walls and ceilings may require special consideration and hardware in order to conform to U.L. penetration details and requirements such as the size of allowable openings (square inches) allowed in gross area or between vertical studs in walls. Fire rated enclosures may also be required. END OF SECTION 16135 ELECTRICAL BOXES & FITTINGS 16135 -1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 16143 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes installation of wiring devices. B. Relation Sections: 1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Provide manufacturer's "Cut" sheets indicating types of wiring devices to be provided. Provide information indicating color options for color selection by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LOCATION OF SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES A. Except where noted to contrary, switches and receptacles shall be located as follows: (Dimensions to centerline) 1. Switches at 4' -0 ", or as noted. 2. Receptacles at F -6 ", or as noted. 3. Telephone, and Television outlets at F -6 ", or as noted. 4. The Electrical sub- contractor is responsible for coordinating the mounting height of devices above counter tops, wall furniture, etc., with all other trades. B. Switches shall be mounted on strike side of doors, except where structurally impractical. Check Architectural drawings and details to determine actual swing of each door, and locate switches accordingly. 3.2 WALL SWITCHES A. Wall switches shall be specification grade, quiet type, and high performance switches rated at 20 amps. @ 125 volts. B. Switches shall have screw terminals and silver alloy contacts. No push wire WIRING DEVICES 16143 -1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA connections permitted. C. Special switches shall be as indicated. 3.3 RECEPTACLES A. Wall receptacles shall be specification grade, duplex 3 -wire grounding type. Devices shall be rated at 20 amps, 125 volt. If a single receptacle serves only one piece of equipment and is fed by a 20A or larger breaker, the device shall match the breaker in ampacity. B. Receptacles shall be side -wired with screw terminals. No push wire connections permitted. C. Weatherproof receptacles shall have spring - closing, hinged, gasketed covers and mounted long side horizontal. Use Hubbell #5205 WO for std. boxes and 45206 WO for "FS" boxes. D. Special outlets shall be as indicated, or if not indicated, shall be straight -blade type of NEMA configurations according to size and type of branch circuit overcurrent device. 3.4 WALL PLATES A. Cover plates for devices shall be of same manufacturer as devices and shall be smooth plastic; Verify color with Architect. B. Gang plates shall be of one -piece construction. 3.5 DEVICE MANUFACTURERS A. Leviton, Pass & Seymour, G.E., Bryant, Hubbell, and Slater are acceptable if they meet requirements of 16143.02 and 16143.03. All devices on the project shall be by the same manufacturer. END OF SECTION 16143 WIRING DEVICES 16143 -2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 16452 - GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section provides method of electrical system grounding. B. Related Section: 1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GROUNDING A. Provide grounding and bonding systems in strict accordance with applicable edition of N.E.C. Art. #250 B. All equipment which receives power from the electrical service shall be connected to the premises grounding system with a conductor sized from Table 250 -95 or thru equivalent metal raceways as allowed by 250 -72. C. All metal interior piping shall be bonded to the electrical service equipment enclosure with a conductor sized by 250.94. D. All bonding and grounding shall be with copper conductors where wire type conductors are utilized. E. The size of the grounding electrode conductor shall be in accord with 250 -94. F. Outlet box to device shall be by use of self - grounding devices or a separate "pigtail" to the raceway/box grounded system. END OF SECTION GROUNDING 16452 -1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOY.ALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 16515 LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Section includes installation of lighting fixtures and controls, including all accessories and connections required for a complete and proper assembly. A. Contractor shall inspect existing conditions prior to submitting bid. Include all labor, materials, fixtures, wiring, connections, etc. required for proper operation. B. Work includes salvaging and re -use of fixtures. Bids shall include replacement of existing non - operational ballasts, lamps, fixtures, etc. for units indicated as existing or relocated. C. Work includes additional fixtures indicated on the drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Provide fully coordinated bound submittal of all light fixtures, lamps and other related devices. A. All fixture "Cut" sheets shall be clearly marked and fixture designation shall match light fixture schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Salvage and re -use existing serviceable fixtures. Bidders shall inspect existing conditions prior to bid. B. Provide additional fixtures and related work as indicated on the drawings and as required for a complete and proper installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Provide and install lighting fixtures in satisfactory operating condition (including lamps and auxiliaries) as indicated or required for a complete and operable lighting system. B. Fixtures have been designated in accordance with fixture schedule located on the drawings. If any fixture is not clearly identified, Contractor shall request clarification from the Engineer. END OF SECTION LIGHTING FIXTURES 16515 -1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL Ia�30u1 Sy /_ \;i•1 A. Section includes installation of panel boards and load centers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Furnish data including manufacturer's "Cut" sheets indicating panel board size, ampacities, voltage, and other physical data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS FOR FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS. A. Circuit breaker panelboards shall have sequence - phased bus bars and molded case circuit breakers. Circuit breakers shall be bolt -on type, quick -make, quick - break, trip indicating, each pole shall contain thermal and magnetic trip units. Provide 2 and 3 pole circuit breakers with common trip, without relying on handle ties. Submit shop drawings showing cabinet dimensions, circuit breaker electrical ratings and bussing arrangements. B. Panelboards shall be of type indicated or equivalent as manufactured by Square D., G.E., Challenger, Cuttler Hammer, or prior approved equal. Panelboards with aluminum buss are not acceptable. D. "Wafer" or "Tandem" breakers are not permitted. E. It is not permitted to flush mount panelboards in fire rated walls. F. Front covers shall be hinged. PANELBOARDS 16470 -1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA E. TVSS panelboards shall include a TVSS device, IEEE C62.41, integrally mounted, plug -in style, solid -state parallel- connected, sine -wave tracking suppression and filtering modules. F. TVSS devices shall meet NEMA LS -1 requirements and the TVSS shall have the following protection: TVSS shall have the following Protection modes: 1.) Line to neutral 2.) Line to ground 3.) Neutral to ground END OF SECTION PANELBOARDS 16470 -2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATION'S IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA SECTION 16615 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Transient Surge Protector. Suppressors shall meet the following criteria: 1. Service Entrance: UL 1449 listed for category C3 locations per ANSI/IEE 662.41- 1991 (20 KV, 10 KA, 90 deg. phase). Modes of suppression: L -N, N -G. Minimum single surge rating (L -N): 50,000 amp per phase. UL 1449 clamping voltage: Class 1000 (Biwave 6 KV, 3 KA) 120/208V. 2. Maximum continuous operating voltage: Nominal + 15 %. Pulse life: 1000 category C impulses. 3. Panelboards: UL 1449 listed for category B locations. Modes of suppression L -L, L- N, L -G. Minimum single surge rating (L -N): 20,000 amp per phase. UL 1449 clamping voltage: Class 1000 (Biwave 6 KV, 3KA) 277/480V. Operating voltage: Nominal + 15 %. B. Device shall not bond neutral and ground under failure mode. Pulse Life: 500 category B impulses. 1.2 INSTALLATION A. Install on service switchboard and panelboards per manufacturer instructions. Conductors shall be kept short and straight. Device shall be nippled to panel. B. Approved Manufacturers: Subj ect to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include but are not limited to the following: 1. Advanced Protection Technologies 2. Leviton 3. L.E.A. Dynatech 4. Liebert 5. EFI END OF SECTION 16615 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16615-1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA. SECTION 16721 - FIRE -ALARM SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Conditions of the Contract, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications apply to this section. Refer to Common Work Section(s) and the entire set of Contract Documents for additional requirements. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following work: 1. Extensions to existing Fire Alarm System. B. Contractors bid shall include all labor, material, equipment, accessories, connections, etc. required for complete, proper, code compliant Work. 1.3 QUALITY STANDARDS: A. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes and standards which include but are not limited to the following: 1. ADA, Americans with Disabilities Act 2. FBC, Florida Building Code 3. NEC, National Electric Code 4. UL, Underwriters Laboratory 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Division 1 Submittals Section. B. Provide the following submittals: 1. Product Data: Include manufacturers standard product data 2. Shop drawings, details, and related schedules C. Submittals to Authorities Having Jurisdiction: In addition to distribution requirements for submittals, make an identical submittal to authorities having jurisdiction. To facilitate review, include copies of annotated Contract Drawings as needed to depict component locations. FIRE -ALARM SYSTEM 16721 -1 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NFPA 72. B. UL listed and labeled. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.2 PRODUCTS A. Provide all equipment, conduit, wiring, devices, appliances, connections, accessories, etc. required for complete AHU approved system. B. All work shall be compatible with existing FA system. 2.3 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES A. Horns: Comply with UL 464. Horns shall produce a sound - pressure level of 90 dBA, measured 10 feet from the horn, using the coded signal prescribed in UL 464 test protocol. B. Visible Notification Appliances: Xenon strobe lights comply with UL 1971, with clear or nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate. The word "FIRE" is engraved in minimum 1 -inch- high letters on the lens. 1. Rated Light Output: a. 15/30/75/110 cd, selectable in the field unless indicated otherwise. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 72 for installation of fire -alarm equipment. B. Connecting to Existing Equipment: Verify that existing fire -alarm system is operational before making changes or connections. 1. Connect new work to existing control panel in existing building. 2. Expand, modify, and supplement existing equipment as necessary to extend existing functions to the new points. New components shall be capable of merging with existing configuration without degrading the performance of either system. FIRE -ALARM SYSTEM 16721-2 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field tests shall be witnessed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Visual Inspection: Conduct visual inspection prior to testing. a. Inspection shall be based on completed Record Drawings and system documentation that is required by NFPA 72 in its "Completion Documents, Preparation" Table in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter. b. Comply with "Visual Inspection Frequencies" Table in the "Inspection" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72; retain the "Initial/Reacceptance" column and list only the installed components. 2. System Testing: Comply with "Test Methods" Table in the "Testing" Section of the "Inspection; Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. D. Maintenance Test and Inspection: Perform tests and inspections listed for weekly, monthly, quarterly, and semiannual periods. Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections. E. Annual Test and Inspection: One year after date of Substantial Completion, test fire -alarm system complying with visual and testing inspection requirements in NFPA 72. Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections. END OF SECTION 16721 FIRE -ALARM SYSTEM 16721 -3 USDA MANUFACTURING INCUBATOR BUILDING INTERIOR ALTERATIONS BAMOKALEE, FLORIDA APPENDIX A EXISTING ROOF PRODUCT DATA z , IR ti aAAAA asaaaa(gig� gy '� Se S ":�Saa- SSSa -a " E ��220o AAA; Ise§ 19 1 its c ia °ssgg 85 g � Age $?RRa g5. ea Z - e P ��� °g . - ' ��S•__Sga��- ������$ aa.» $v N z = N , g, : 2 = °; .'� - P _ 3 'n n' n 9 a�T �E FF i$ a.A >a bhp" ` ` - a = -�.�g€ $ -_ Teak' . y 2�9 Nq r a Qp4 34° R.•4 $mss a �F'a saa e. saa s g pp� s 9 Pgiq NA g-k$i- W aiqU € $� ° g Joy'. �� $ Q a i� N a� I $ � � $ i g r- a as sus a E� 1V-fi § a p� .Jill b '� qS bF p G6 �4�y y q$ $ZR,4i11F11� '� if a o y4 a :` N 2'� 2 �q 32 �� i ..q :z: aacQQ?s5.. S ❑ rg Aa ca? ac o 7-a F2 a �F� p is 4 °$W W r94 2A R I 6 >m R n am� - -q a a� I a a?gaga�"Aa Zip ° z 3 c n a s $N 4� o i y� O y 2 k� O 4 &F a 4f 3i 3 2 rw. oqh n[visid (Tim s y N✓° ".. ` Cutr q ST_ A� ORq * BY r i -eee r6iun r °wm'KSr.. •,oF I a�—A Ro'iAiq �� CD • jaT! ae wvAtnwm� CHECKED . j Q �r = I1 nuCnsa mrxrll : y.�u m.rva�" -�mn wm ano w WPROVEo iyOp�10NALZ � =b � i _ i mom e'�l� p a3n�ri:� 888 -888_ M. a861'BgB� aaa�aaa� do■ lou■ Icy]■ ❑ ■❑ ❑o■❑ rq. DA1L �¢wma ORAW 8Y acwat,-�ot wat wma,.. is m ? Ifi w. ',Ae 'Uafrellil76° CHEaQW iel it Q � � ' A MYCCwEaPMlI WllF11 mMY- 4M�11� YA AM � N O> I � ^' 'i! mr Awmr rm. ,a At.A.� sw. -tom etttau� etmn I � p p x:�o nwntue. o xrtf twou.et. xta i2 tOB015aA -fq I f1 IlT[ 2 L N E) MMO 01 I 9 'All 11 al APPROVED I m r m D O z D -i n O r c z z r z m a "8 .m r m D --I O z 4k UA D -i n O r c z z r z m M i l 5 ex a aY �Y A4' Y e it ;t a a r _ Y t < Y m ,� � < � � ai I ate% �pH`+., � .n I � z {Ca SD ; O i 11aiFN �w�•(1�.�,�j +,�,�•it e. wxusaa.. 1 �� - - - ......� • .,..,... � . ,� i;ulf StATft lo- xAa� ua "'wa Done xc a �� � 2 CHECKS c4l.lm ftxmrcKUk+m :TIA VIA � ]P)E! 1 .wPR 1,-. rig I ® IJI 1A �p 1� ai 11 1 C3 ® '_'I S Z Vl TO. A -, m g I, m a 9 11E °Y � . �ilj lit IN 4At pi M5 tz C) Z gp x °m�6g� 21 G 6�'Y sp��$ j���' �fL > 1- ZI � ���3 w Ef lip F y 3 tl A q� m 11 r<,, ro a (n C7 j N ii (TT �n- a p tl v W P 'a ro s y x O v74. � 37A O �. _ O m v� M m it �� m 70 y °� rrL z� co 0 0 ua� 4 9 3i ,a 899 �SRFim�l Z M Sgt d� p 119 .a 19' d 8 I gg _� _ 3_ 1e e ' - n0. oA1E 1E'/IS�a h 'NYCOAIGNIII DRAWN BY SEE Sfr. E OF OMM CRITERIA J.C.H . rzo -lo CHECKED N � m0 � - o " O •�1 Ai19Wf A0. "'� " SLIAYILLF. S 1919! i APPROVED 1 V P 1 17-1 Oil iv n _A15 -E i P' is Via' T! - ra g A a $a l . P ?. ' IF polls ����� v T Is E 7g! In AA a ja yi . ri o p 21 � } as � s A T---- 5 sm ° '�� I -+3q �-! go Nil An. q i � . ?. is All .G all �j H � —a . a in ILI 2 1 CPC � aR Eby 1. 9 � + Pi N I ' <�ilca°ie'�o DRA'AN aY :EE :4T. iF :�E51 at IA �dl xs �sul J. C.:A. ue1s1°nI 'CHECKED . N I O I pt Sr I 'LLz t9VAVf p yp �• A WROVED ,'e P R* 1p e ° o� Y ai QIt 4 � � =a a A I T, R � x a >; a ®$ uoEltzige f� r 7a—,~ bn;. u. O� • v�+� 11 4NeAtiLL6rs� CHECKI i zAlia. 4 E z PE 6 ' C Ig e �S R � 1�s Ti �a I sz3ma�ranttrx sates ,rra� sasunt�ranxm sicYas .aws seaalv�Yanitm sairu zvis i 2 o a ,p ��.; 4y,j R i6 d a g AID H mpR yE A -FI' a t :Ps, ° a 33i1 1 '' °C I ��H A °$ 11 - 1 ' �P' P � as s _ _ �"E. 1 sg • �a � • . f° . �-sP � m23.a_P � u S'p I i9 a aP 'KPH P azd � a 8# N. in � e � z# 5sg F taf� SD9NDE7IaDNril 58ZT]3 dV1D SSSDDJJr .cm,Si;rS9 ifpD SA�DS7rdDHPA SZSYYS dD10 I 10 0. 1 -i'H t H ru ON g3g -1 -; °c a i •E a d 8 s R�°� #i Ali ✓Tr 3 � SSSSplDTafM SUTIS AMD SNSSOIJrilDHPA S %1tlaS Xwo ►Dale( Siirdaa RSDD 1, 1 �A(1 C I� a - IS i � 9 .� 1j 'gH � � j D= 1 +XI, (lr�41p IORAM D 7I o �r uwiKR3mtav _ iCHECKED I AI'1l�COR61YRRl I 5}M4Y LLf. N ]°MI I IMPROVED I I f IP ;i 10i iami P. Ii e�v oil *1 i 11 - I. H, It'll - i p, pip 3 11 61 es e iyEiii I IVP4� nl C U C� ZD Oco 0 z� r7i^ C� 0�A t •�